Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

x  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010

 

OR

 

o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from             to            

 

Commission file number:  000-31977

 

CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANCORP

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

CALIFORNIA

 

77-0539125

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)

 

Identification No.)

 

 

 

7100 N. Financial Dr., Suite 101, Fresno, CA

 

93720

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

559-298-1775

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

[None]

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

None

 

NASDAQ Capital Market

[Common Stock, $      par value per share]

 

[EXCHANGE]

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  Common Stock, No Par Value

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes o No x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  Yes o No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes x No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulations S-T (232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes o No o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  o

 

Accelerated filer  o

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer  o

 

Smaller reporting company  x

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes o No  x

 

As of June 30, 2010, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $46,397,000 based on the price at which the stock was last sold on June 30, 2010.

 

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

 

Common Stock, No Par Value

 

Outstanding at March 16, 2010

[Common Stock, No par value per share]

 

9,491,516 shares

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Document

 

Parts into Which Incorporated

 

 

 

Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 18, 2011 (Proxy Statement)

 

Part III

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ITEM 1 -

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

1

 

 

 

ITEM 1A -

RISK FACTORS

27

 

 

 

ITEM 2 -

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

35

 

 

 

ITEM 3 -

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

35

 

 

 

ITEM 4 -

REMOVED AND RESERVED

36

 

 

 

ITEM 5 -

MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

36

 

 

 

ITEM 6 -

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

38

 

 

 

ITEM 7-

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION

39

 

 

 

ITEM 7A-

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

60

 

 

 

ITEM 8 -

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

64

 

 

 

ITEM 9 -

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

109

 

 

 

ITEM 9A -

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

109

 

 

 

ITEM 9B-

OTHER INFORMATION

110

 

 

 

ITEM 10 -

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS; COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(a) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT

110

 

 

 

ITEM 11 -

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

110

 

 

 

ITEM 12 -

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

110

 

 

 

ITEM 13 -

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

110

 

 

 

ITEM 14 -

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

110

 

 

 

ITEM 15 -

EXHIBITS

110

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

111

 



Table of Contents

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION; INQUIRIES

 

Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Sections 13 and 15(d), periodic and current reports must be filed with the SEC.  We electronically file the following reports with the SEC:

 

·                  Form 10-K — Annual Report;

 

·                  Form 10-Q  — Quarterly Report;

 

·                  Form 8-K  — Report of Unscheduled Material Events; and

 

·                  Form DEF 14A — Proxy Statement.

 

We may file additional forms.  The SEC maintains an Internet site, www.sec.gov, in which all forms filed electronically may be accessed.  Additional shareholder information regarding the Company and our Directors is available on our website: www.cvcb.com.  None of the information on or hyperlinked from our website is incorporated into this Report.

 

Copies of the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 may be obtained without charge upon written request to Dave Kinross, Chief Financial Officer, at the Company’s administrative offices,  7100 N. Financial Dr., Suite 101, Fresno, CA  93720.

 

Inquiries regarding Central Valley Community Bancorp’s accounting, internal controls or auditing concerns should be directed to Steven D. McDonald, chairman of the Board of Directors’ Audit Committee, at steve.mcdonald@cvcb.com or anonymously at www.ethicspoint.com or EthicsPoint, Inc. at 1-866-294-9588.

 

General inquiries about Central Valley Community Bancorp or Central Valley Community Bank should be directed to Cathy Ponte, Assistant Corporate Secretary at 1-800-298-1775.

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1 -                                                 DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

 

General

 

Central Valley Community Bancorp (the Company) was incorporated on February 7, 2000 as a California corporation, for the purpose of becoming the holding company for Central Valley Community Bank (the Bank), formerly known as Clovis Community Bank, a California state chartered bank, through a corporate reorganization.  In the reorganization, the Bank became the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and the shareholders of the Bank became the shareholders of the Company.  The Company is registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the BHC Act), and is subject to supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the Board of Governors).

 

At December 31, 2010, we had one banking subsidiary, the Bank.  Our principal business is to provide, through our banking subsidiary, financial services in our primary market area in California.  We serve Fresno County, Madera County, Sacramento County, San Joaquin County, Merced County, and Stanislaus County and their surrounding areas through the Bank.  We do not currently conduct any operations other than through the Bank.  Unless the context otherwise requires, references to us refer to the Company and the Bank on a consolidated basis.  At December 31, 2010, we had consolidated total assets of approximately $777,594,000.  See Items 7 and 8, Management’s Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation and Financial Statements.

 

After the close of business on November 12, 2008, Service 1st Bancorp (Service 1st) was merged with and into the Company, and Service 1st Bank (S1 Bank) was merged with and into the Bank.  S1 Bank had three branches in Stockton, Tracy, and Lodi which continue to be operated by the Bank.

 

1



Table of Contents

 

On January 30, 2009, the Company entered into a Letter Agreement (the Purchase Agreement) with the United States Department of the Treasury (the Treasury), pursuant to which the Company issued and sold (i) 7,000 shares of the Company’s Series A Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (the Series A Preferred Stock) and (ii) a warrant (the Warrant) to purchase 158,133 shares of the Company’s common stock, no par value, (the Common Stock) for an aggregate purchase price of $7,000,000 in cash.  According to the agreement, if the Company received aggregate gross cash proceeds of not less than $7,000,000 from Qualified Equity Offerings on or prior to December 31, 2009, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Treasury’s exercise of the Warrant could be reduced by one half of the original number of shares, taking into account all adjustments, underlying the Warrant.  On December 23, 2009, the Company received $8,000,000, as a result of entering into Stock Purchase Agreements to sell a total of 1,264,952 shares of common stock, without par value at $5.25 per share and 1,359 shares of non-voting Series B Convertible Adjustable Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock at $1,000 per share, for an aggregate gross purchase price of $8,000,000.  The Company submitted a request to the Treasury to cancel one half of the outstanding Warrants and the Treasury reduced the number of warrants by one half to 79,067.

 

On December 23, 2009, the Company entered into Stock Purchase Agreements with a limited number of accredited investors to sell a total of 1,264,952 shares of common stock, without par value at $5.25 per share, and 1,359 shares of non-voting Series B Convertible Adjustable Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (Series B Preferred Stock) at $1,000 per share, for an aggregate gross purchase price of $8,000,000.  In May 2010, the shareholders of the Company approved an amendment to the Company’s governing instruments to create a series of non-voting common stock.  In June 2010, the Company exercised its option to require the Purchasers to exchange 1,359 shares of Series B Preferred Stock for 258,862 shares of non-voting common stock.

 

The Company had no stock repurchase plans in place during 2010, 2009 or 2008.  In 2008 the Company repurchased 5,436 shares of common stock from shareholders who perfected their dissenters’ rights related to the merger with Service 1st at an average price of $10.30 for a total cost of $56,000.

 

As of March 10, 2011, we had a total of 215 employees and 200 full time equivalent employees, including the employees of the Bank.

 

The Bank

 

The Bank was organized in 1979 and commenced business as a California state chartered bank in 1980.  The deposits of the Bank are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the FDIC) up to applicable limits.  The Bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve System

 

The Bank operates 17 full-service banking offices in Clovis, Fresno, Kerman, Lodi, Madera, Merced, Modesto, Oakhurst, Prather, Sacramento, Stockton, and Tracy and one limited-service banking office in Fresno.  The Oakhurst and Madera branches were added through the Bank of Madera County merger in 2005.  The Tracy, Stockton and Lodi offices were added through the merger with Service 1st Bank in November of 2008.  The Bank has a Real Estate Division, an Agribusiness Center and an SBA Lending Division in Fresno.  All real estate related transactions are conducted and processed through the Real Estate Division, including interim construction loans for single family residences and commercial buildings.  We offer permanent single family residential loans through our mortgage broker services.  Our total market share of deposits in Fresno and Madera counties increased to 4.49% in 2010 compared to 4.40% in 2009 based on FDIC deposit market share information published as of June 30, 2010.

 

The Bank of Madera County (BMC) was merged with and into the Bank on January 1, 2005.  The transaction was a combination of cash and stock and was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.  BMC had two branches in Madera County which continue to be operated by the Bank.

 

In 2008, the Bank relocated the office located in a Save Mart Supermarket in Clovis, California, to a new larger stand alone facility.  In November of 2008, The Company acquired Service 1st and its banking subsidiary, S1 Bank, adding three branches located in Tracy, Stockton and Lodi, California.

 

In 2009, we opened a new full service office in Merced, California and relocated our Oakhurst office to a new smaller facility in a more desirable location.

 

In 2010, the Company expanded the existing Modesto loan production office opened in 2007, to a larger full-service branch.

 

2



Table of Contents

 

Branch expansions provide the Company with opportunities to expand its loan and deposit base; however, based on past experience, management expects these new offices will initially have a negative impact on earnings until the volume of business grows to cover fixed overhead expenses.  The Bank anticipates additional future branch openings to meet the growing service needs of its customers, although none are planned during 2011.

 

The Bank established an interest in Central Valley Community Insurance Services, LLC at the end of 2006.  The purpose of this entity is to market health, commercial property and casualty insurance products and services primarily to business customers.

 

The Bank conducts a commercial banking business, which includes accepting demand, savings and time deposits and making commercial, real estate and consumer loans.  It also provides domestic and international wire transfer services and provides safe deposit boxes and other customary banking services.  The Bank also has offered Internet Banking since 2000.  Internet Banking consists of inquiry, account status, bill paying, account transfers, and cash management.  The Bank does not offer trust services or international banking services and does not currently plan to do so in the near future.

 

Since August of 1995 the Bank has been a party to an agreement with Investment Centers of America, pursuant to which Investment Centers of America provides Bank customers with access to investment services.  In connection with entering into this agreement, the Bank adopted a policy intended to comply with FDIC Regulation Section 337.4, which outlines the guidelines under which an insured non-member bank may be affiliated with a company that directly engages in the sale, distribution, or underwriting of stocks, bonds, debentures, notes, or other securities.

 

The Bank’s operating policy since its inception has emphasized serving the banking needs of individuals and the business and professional communities in the central valley area of California.  At December 31, 2010, we had total loans of $431,597,000.  Total commercial and industrial loans outstanding were $96,478,000; total agricultural land and production loans outstanding were $38,787,000, total real estate construction, land development and other land loans outstanding were $32,039,000; total other real estate loans outstanding were $213,869,000, total equity loans and lines of credit were $34,521,000 and total consumer installment loans outstanding were $8,493,000.  We accept real estate, listed securities, savings and time deposits, automobiles, inventory, machinery and equipment as collateral for loans.

 

No individual or single group of related accounts is considered material in relation to the Bank’s assets or deposits, or in relation to the overall business of the Company.  However, at December 31, 2010 approximately 64.9% of our loan portfolio held for investment consisted of real estate-related loans, including construction loans, equity loans and lines of credit and commercial loans secured by real estate and 31.3% consisted of commercial loans.  See Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.  We believe that these concentrations are mitigated by the diversification of our loan portfolio among commercial, real estate and consumer loans.  In addition, our business activities currently are mainly concentrated in Fresno, Madera and San Joaquin County, California.  Consequently, our results of operations and financial condition are dependent upon the general trends in this part of the California economy and, in particular, the residential and commercial real estate markets.  In addition, our concentration of operations in this area of California exposes us to greater risk than other banking companies with a wider geographic base in the event of catastrophes, such as earthquakes, fires and floods in this region or as a result of energy shortages in California.

 

Our deposits are attracted from individual and commercial customers.  A material portion of our deposits have not been obtained from a single person or a few persons, the loss of any one or more of which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

In order to attract loan and deposit business from individuals and small businesses, we maintain the following lobby hours at our branches:

 

Branch

 

Monday — Thursday

 

Friday

 

Saturday

Clovis Main

 

9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.

 

Drive Up 8:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m.

 

9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.

 

Drive Up 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.

 

None

Fresno Downtown

 

9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.

 

Walkup window 8:00 a.m. to 9:00 a.m.

 

9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

 

Walkup window 8:00 a.m. to 9:00 a.m.

 

None

Fig Garden Village

 

9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

 

9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.

 

10:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m.

Herndon & Fowler

 

9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

 

Drive Up 8:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m.

 

9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.

 

Drive Up 8:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.

 

9:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m.

 

Drive Up 9:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m.

River Park

 

9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

 

Drive Up 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

 

9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.

 

Drive Up 9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.

 

10:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m.

 

Drive Up 10:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m.

Sunnyside

 

9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

 

Drive Up 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

 

9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.

 

Drive Up 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.

 

10:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m.

 

Drive Up 10:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m.

Kerman

 

9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

 

Drive Up 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

 

9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.

 

Drive Up 8:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.

 

None

Lodi

 

9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

 

9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.

 

None

Madera

 

8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

 

8:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.

 

None

Merced

 

9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

 

9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.

 

None

Oakhurst

 

8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

 

8:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.

 

None

Prather (Foothill office)

 

9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

 

9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.

 

9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m.

Sacramento Private Banking

 

9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

 

9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

 

None

Stockton

 

9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

 

9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.

 

None

Tracy

 

9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

 

9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.

 

None

Financial Drive

 

8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

 

8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

 

None

 

4



Table of Contents

 

Automated teller machines operate at 15 branch locations. All operate 24 hours per day, seven days per week.  No automated teller machines are currently located at the Sacramento or Merced offices.  Our Real Estate, Small Business Administration (SBA) Departments and Agribusiness office maintain business hours of 8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M., Monday through Friday, and extended hours are available upon customer request.

 

To compete effectively, we rely substantially on local promotional activity, personal contacts by our officers, directors and employees, referrals by our shareholders, extended hours, personalized service and our reputation in the communities we serve.

 

In Fresno and Madera Counties, in addition to our 11 full-service and one limited-service branch locations, serving the Bank’s primary service areas, as of December 31, 2010 there were 155 operating banking and credit union offices in our primary service area, which consists of the cities of Clovis, Fresno, Kerman, Oakhurst, Madera, and Prather, California. Prather does not contain any banking offices other than our office. The June 2010 FDIC Summary of Deposits report indicated the Company had 4.29% of the total deposits held by all depositories in Fresno County and 6.52% in Madera County.  In San Joaquin County, in addition to our three full service branch locations acquired from Service 1st, as of December 31, 2010 there were 117 operating banking and credit union offices. The FDIC Summary of Deposits as of June 2010 report indicated the Company had 1.71% of total deposits held by all depositories in San Joaquin County.  In Sacramento County, in addition to our one branch, as of December 31, 2010 there were 226 operating banking and credit union offices in our primary service area.  Business activity in our primary service area is oriented toward light industry, small business and agriculture.

 

The banking business in California generally, and our primary service area specifically, is highly competitive with respect to both loans and deposits, and is dominated by a relatively small number of major banks with many offices operating over a wide geographic area.  Among the advantages such major banks have over us is their ability to finance wide-ranging advertising campaigns and to allocate their investment assets, including loans, to regions of higher yield and demand.  Major banks offer certain services such as international banking and trust services which we do not offer directly but which we usually can offer indirectly through correspondent institutions.  In addition, by virtue of their greater total capitalization, such banks have substantially higher lending limits than we do.  Legal lending limits to an individual customer are limited to a percentage of our total capital accounts. As of December 31, 2010, the Bank’s legal lending limits to individual customers were $11,646,000 for unsecured loans and $19,411,000 for unsecured and secured loans combined.  For borrowers desiring loans in excess of the Bank’s lending limits, the Bank makes, and may in the future make, such loans on a participation basis with other community banks taking the amount of loans in excess of the Bank’s lending limits.  In other cases, the Bank may refer such borrowers to larger banks or other lending institutions.

 

Other entities, both governmental and in private industry, seeking to raise capital through the issuance and sale of debt or equity securities also provide competition for us in the acquisition of deposits.  Banks also compete with money market funds and other money market instruments, which are not subject to interest rate ceilings.  In recent years, increased competition has also developed from specialized finance and non-finance companies that offer wholesale finance, credit card, and other consumer finance services, including on-line banking services and personal finance software.  Competition for deposit and loan products remains strong, from both banking and non-banking firms, and affects the rates of those products as well as the terms on which they are offered to customers.

 

Technological innovation continues to contribute to greater competition in domestic and international financial services markets.  Technological innovation has, for example, made it possible for non-depository institutions to offer customers automated transfer payment services that previously have been traditional banking products.  In addition, customers now expect a choice of several delivery systems and channels, including telephone, mail, home computer, ATMs, remote deposit, self-service branches, and in-store branches.

 

Mergers between financial institutions have placed additional pressure on banks to streamline their operations, reduce expenses, and increase revenues to remain competitive.  In addition, competition has intensified due to federal and state interstate banking laws, which permit banking organizations to expand geographically with fewer restrictions than in the past.  Such laws allow banks to merge with other banks across state lines, thereby enabling banks to establish or expand banking operations in our market.  The competitive environment also is significantly impacted by federal and state legislation, which may make it easier for non-bank financial institutions to compete with us.

 

5



Table of Contents

 

Statistical Disclosure

 

The information in the tables set out below should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, which are included in Items 7 and 8 of this annual report.

 

Distribution of Average Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differential

 

Table A sets forth our average consolidated balance sheets for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 and an analysis of interest rates and the interest rate differential for the years then ended.  Table B sets forth the changes in interest income and interest expense in 2010 and 2009 resulting from changes in volume and changes in rates.

 

Investment Portfolio

 

The book value (amortized cost) of investment securities at December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 and the book value, maturities and weighted average yield of investment securities at December 31, 2010 are set forth in Table C.

 

Loan Portfolio

 

The composition of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 2006, is summarized in Table D.

 

Maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates in the loan portfolio at December 31, 2010 are summarized in Table E.

 

Table F shows the composition of nonaccrual, past due and restructured loans at December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 2006. Set forth in the text accompanying Table F is a discussion of the Company’s policy for placing loans on nonaccrual status.

 

Summary of Loan Loss Experience

 

Table G sets forth an analysis of loan loss experience as of and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 2006.

 

Set forth in the text accompanying Table G is a description of the factors which influenced management’s judgment in determining the amount of the additions to the allowance charged to operating expense in each fiscal year, a table showing the allocation of the allowance for credit losses to the various types of loans in the portfolio, as well as a discussion of management’s policy for establishing and maintaining the allowance for credit losses.

 

Deposits

 

Table H sets forth the average amount of and the average rate paid on major deposit categories for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

Table I sets forth the maturity of time certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2010.

 

Return on Equity and Assets

 

Table J sets forth certain financial ratios for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

Table A

 

DISTRIBUTION OF AVERAGE ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’
EQUITY; INTEREST RATES AND INTEREST DIFFERENTIAL

 

The following table sets forth consolidated average assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity; interest income earned and interest expense paid; and the average yields earned or rates paid thereon for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. The average balances reflect daily averages except nonaccrual loans, which were computed using quarterly averages.

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest
Income/
Expense

 

Average
Interest
Rate

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest
Income/
Expense

 

Average
Interest
Rate

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest
Income/
Expense

 

Average
Interest
Rate

 

ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning deposits in other banks

 

$

42,047

 

$

110

 

0.26

%

$

3,008

 

$

8

 

0.27

%

$

1,318

 

$

39

 

2.96

%

Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable securities

 

124,163

 

5,472

 

4.41

%

114,465

 

7,701

 

6.73

%

81,925

 

4,806

 

5.87

%

Non-taxable securities (1)

 

64,838

 

4,605

 

7.10

%

64,325

 

4,632

 

7.20

%

28,709

 

1,694

 

5.90

%

Total investment securities

 

189,001

 

10,077

 

5.33

%

178,790

 

12,333

 

6.90

%

110,634

 

6,500

 

5.88

%

Federal funds sold

 

713

 

2

 

0.28

%

17,627

 

48

 

0.27

%

13,980

 

251

 

1.80

%

Total

 

231,761

 

10,189

 

4.40

%

199,425

 

12,389

 

6.21

%

125,932

 

6,790

 

5.39

%

Loans (2)(3)

 

437,959

 

27,390

 

6.25

%

469,341

 

29,920

 

6.37

%

364,285

 

25,631

 

7.06

%

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

3,084

 

11

 

0.36

%

3,140

 

7

 

0.22

%

2,197

 

118

 

5.37

%

Total interest-earning assets (1)

 

672,804

 

$

37,590

 

5.59

%

671,906

 

$

42,316

 

6.30

%

492,414

 

$

32,539

 

6.61

%

Allowance for credit losses

 

(10,922

)

 

 

 

 

(8,608

)

 

 

 

 

(4,676

)

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual loans

 

17,381

 

 

 

 

 

13,117

 

 

 

 

 

2,724

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate owned

 

2,972

 

 

 

 

 

2,553

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

16,479

 

 

 

 

 

17,401

 

 

 

 

 

17,888

 

 

 

 

 

Bank premises and equipment

 

6,089

 

 

 

 

 

6,629

 

 

 

 

 

6,043

 

 

 

 

 

Other non-earning assets

 

54,049

 

 

 

 

 

49,511

 

 

 

 

 

27,396

 

 

 

 

 

Total average assets

 

$

758,852

 

 

 

 

 

$

752,509

 

 

 

 

 

$

541,789

 

 

 

 

 

 

7



Table of Contents

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest
Income/
Expense

 

Average
Interest
Rate

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest
Income/
Expense

 

Average
Interest
Rate

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest
Income/
Expense

 

Average
Interest
Rate

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings and NOW accounts

 

$

142,350

 

$

498

 

0.35

%

$

131,818

 

$

771

 

0.58

%

$

79,893

 

$

355

 

0.45

%

Money market accounts (MMA)

 

157,761

 

1,036

 

0.66

%

136,104

 

1,262

 

0.93

%

105,223

 

2,022

 

1.93

%

Time certificates of deposit, under $100,000

 

69,066

 

866

 

1.25

%

90,614

 

1,922

 

2.12

%

69,691

 

2,085

 

3.00

%

Time certificates of deposit, $100,000 and over

 

114,043

 

1,313

 

1.15

%

120,579

 

1,912

 

1.59

%

58,734

 

1,878

 

3.21

%

Total interest-bearing deposits

 

483,220

 

3,713

 

0.77

%

479,115

 

5,867

 

1.22

%

313,541

 

6,340

 

2.03

%

Other borrowed funds

 

19,634

 

570

 

2.90

%

29,987

 

760

 

2.53

%

32,526

 

938

 

2.89

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

502,854

 

$

4,283

 

0.85

%

509,102

 

$

6,627

 

1.30

%

346,067

 

$

7,278

 

2.11

%

Non-interest bearing demand deposits

 

152,946

 

 

 

 

 

153,148

 

 

 

 

 

131,744

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

6,878

 

 

 

 

 

6,859

 

 

 

 

 

5,727

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

96,174

 

 

 

 

 

83,400

 

 

 

 

 

58,251

 

 

 

 

 

Total average liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

758,852

 

 

 

 

 

$

752,509

 

 

 

 

 

$

541,789

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income and rate earned on average earning assets (1)

 

 

 

$

37,590

 

5.59

%

 

 

$

42,316

 

6.30

%

 

 

$

32,539

 

6.61

%

Interest expense and interest cost related to average interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

4,283

 

0.85

%

 

 

6,627

 

1.30

%

 

 

7,278

 

2.11

%

Net interest income and net interest margin (4)

 

 

 

$

33,307

 

4.95

%

 

 

$

35,689

 

5.31

%

 

 

$

25,261

 

5.13

%

 


(1)                                  Calculated on a fully tax equivalent basis, which includes Federal tax benefits relating to income earned on municipal bonds totaling $1,566, $1,575 and $576 in 2010, 2009 and 20087, respectively.

(2)                                  Loan interest income includes loan fees of $460 in 2010, $544 in 2009, $720 and in 2008.

(3)                                  Average loans do not include nonaccrual loans.

(4)                                  Net interest margin is computed by dividing net interest income by total average interest-earning assets.

 

8



Table of Contents

 

Table B

 

VOLUME AND RATE ANALYSIS

 

The following table sets forth, for the years indicated, a summary of the changes in interest earned and interest paid resulting from changes in asset and liability volumes and changes in rates.  The change in interest due to both volume and rate has been allocated to change due to volume and rate in proportion to the relationship of absolute dollar amounts of change in each.

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010 Compared to 2009

 

2009 Compared to 2008

 

(In thousands)

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Net

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Net

 

Increase (decrease) due to changes in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning deposits in other banks

 

$

102

 

$

 

$

102

 

$

(105

)

$

74

 

$

(31

)

Investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable

 

726

 

(2,955

)

(2,229

)

2,115

 

780

 

2,895

 

Non-taxable (1)

 

39

 

(66

)

(27

)

2,495

 

443

 

2,938

 

Total investment securities

 

765

 

(3,021

)

(2,256

)

4,610

 

1,223

 

5,833

 

Federal funds sold

 

(48

)

2

 

(46

)

89

 

(292

)

(203

)

Loans

 

(1,649

)

(881

)

(2,530

)

6,660

 

(2,371

)

4,289

 

FHLB Stock

 

0

 

4

 

4

 

90

 

(201

)

(111

)

Total earning assets (1)

 

(830

)

(3,896

)

(4,726

)

11,344

 

(1,567

)

9,777

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings, NOW and MMA

 

291

 

(790

)

(499

)

(4,021

)

3,677

 

(344

)

Certificates of deposit under $100,000

 

(388

)

(668

)

(1,056

)

(5,424

)

5,261

 

(163

)

Certificates of deposit $100,000 and over

 

(99

)

(500

)

(599

)

65

 

(31

)

34

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

 

(196

)

(1,958

)

(2,154

)

(9,380

)

8,907

 

(473

)

Other borrowed funds

 

(327

)

137

 

(190

)

(70

)

(108

)

(178

)

Total interest bearing liabilities

 

(523

)

(1,821

)

(2,344

)

(9,450

)

8,799

 

(651

)

Net interest income (1)

 

$

(307

)

$

(2,075

)

$

(2,382

)

$

20,794

 

$

(10,366

)

$

10,428

 

 


(1)   Computed on a tax equivalent basis for securities exempt from federal income taxes.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

Table C

 

INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO

 

The book value of investment securities at December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 is set forth in the following table.  At December 31, 2010, we held no investment securities from any issuer which totaled over 10% of our shareholders’ equity.

 

Available-for-Sale

 

Book Value at December 31,

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

$

190

 

$

353

 

$

12,745

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

74,598

 

68,708

 

56,961

 

U.S. Government agencies collateralized by mortgage obligations

 

88,105

 

85,530

 

44,967

 

Other collateralized mortgage obligations

 

18,661

 

36,280

 

63,877

 

Corporate debt securities

 

500

 

1,228

 

2,686

 

Other equity securities

 

7,628

 

7,645

 

4,169

 

Total Available-for-Sale Securities

 

$

189,682

 

$

199,744

 

$

185,405

 

 

Held-to-Maturity

 

Book Value at December 31,

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other collateralized mortgage obligations

 

$

 

$

 

$

7,040

 

 

10



Table of Contents

 

The book value, maturities and weighted average yield of investment securities at December 31, 2010 are summarized in the following table.

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

In one year or less

 

After one through five
years

 

After five through ten years

 

After ten years

 

Total

 

Available-for-Sale Securities

 

Amount

 

Yield(1)

 

Amount

 

Yield(1)

 

Amount

 

Yield(1)

 

Amount

 

Yield(1)

 

Amount

 

Yield(1)

 

Debt securities(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

$

 

 

$

190

 

4.84

%

$

 

%

$

 

 

$

190

 

4.84

%

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

 

6,160

 

4.99

%

18,274

 

3.84

%

50,164

 

4.26

%

74,598

 

4.22

%

U.S. Government agencies collateralized by mortgage obligations

 

36

 

4.50

%

1,885

 

5.29

%

5,454

 

5.51

%

80,730

 

5.26

%

88,105

 

5.28

%

Other collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

 

 

 

2,053

 

4.77

%

16,608

 

5.78

%

18,661

 

5.67

%

Corporate debt securities

 

500

 

6.13

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

500

 

6.13

%

Other equity securities

 

7,628

 

3.51

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,628

 

3.51

%

 

 

$

8,164

 

3.68

%

$

8,235

 

5.06

%

$

25,781

 

4.27

%

$

147,502

 

4.98

%

$

189,682

 

4.83

%

 


(1)          Not computed on a tax equivalent basis.

 

(2)          Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because the issuers of the securities may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.  Expected maturities will also differ from contractual maturities due to unscheduled principal pay downs.

 

11



Table of Contents

 

Table D

 

LOAN PORTFOLIO

 

The composition of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 2006 is summarized in the table below.

 

(In thousands) 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

104,387

 

$

107,726

 

$

129,563

 

$

92,614

 

$

100 364

 

Agricultural land and production

 

38,787

 

35,796

 

32,408

 

32,166

 

29,259

 

Total commercial

 

143,174

 

143,522

 

161,671

 

124,780

 

129,623

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

111,888

 

111,006

 

113,414

 

76,808

 

71,677

 

Real estate-construction and other land loans

 

32,039

 

47,233

 

57,923

 

48,593

 

48,424

 

Commercial real estate

 

63,627

 

71,977

 

64,358

 

43,334

 

34,775

 

Other

 

38,354

 

38,532

 

38,060

 

17,405

 

9,490

 

Total real estate

 

245,908

 

268,748

 

273,755

 

186,140

 

164,366

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity loans and lines of credit

 

34,521

 

36,110

 

32,874

 

24,595

 

24,178

 

Consumer and installment

 

8,493

 

11,219

 

15,856

 

6,201

 

5,247

 

Total consumer

 

43,014

 

47,329

 

48,730

 

30,796

 

29,425

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred loan fees, net

 

(499

)

(392

)

(218

)

(588

)

(752

)

Total gross loans

 

431,597

 

459,207

 

484,238

 

341,128

 

322,662

 

Allowance for credit losses

 

(11,014

)

(10,200

)

(7,223

)

(3,887

)

(3,809

)

Total (1)

 

$

420,583

 

$

449,007

 

$

477,015

 

$

337,241

 

$

318,853

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

(1) Includes nonaccrual loans of:

 

$

18,561

 

$

18,959

 

$

15,750

 

$

179

 

$

 

 

12



Table of Contents

 

Table E

 

LOAN MATURITIES AND SENSITIVITY TO CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES

 

The following table presents information concerning loan maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates of the indicated categories of our loan portfolio, as well as loans in those categories maturing after one year that have fixed or floating interest rates at December 31, 2010

 

(In thousands)

 

One Year or
Less

 

After One
Through Five
Years

 

After Five
Years

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and agricultural

 

$

69,377

 

$

49,690

 

$

24,107

 

$

143,174

 

Real estate construction and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other land loans

 

15,662

 

15,562

 

815

 

32,039

 

Other real estate

 

13,404

 

24,494

 

175,971

 

213,869

 

Consumer and installment

 

5,084

 

20,695

 

17,235

 

43,014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

103,527

 

$

110,441

 

$

218,128

 

$

432,096

 

Sensitivity to Changes in Interest Rates:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans with fixed interest rates

 

$

19,910

 

$

52,155

 

$

35,302

 

$

107,367

 

Loans with floating interest rates

 

83,617

 

58,286

 

182,826

 

324,729

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

103,527

 

$

110,441

 

$

218,128

 

$

432,096

 

 

Table F

 

COMPOSITION OF NONACCRUAL, PAST DUE AND RESTRUCTURED LOANS

 

A summary of nonaccrual, restructured and past due loans at December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 2006 is set forth below:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Nonaccrual

 

$

12,381

 

$

14,391

 

$

14,047

 

$

179

 

$

 

Restructured nonaccrual loans

 

6,180

 

4,568

 

1,703

 

 

 

 

 

$

18,651

 

$

18,959

 

$

15,750

 

$

179

 

$

 

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual loans to total loans

 

4.32

%

4.13

%

3.25

%

0.05

%

0.0

%

 

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared on the accrual basis of accounting, including the recognition of interest income on loans.  Interest income from nonaccrual loans is recorded only if collection of principal in full is not in doubt and when and if received.

 

13



Table of Contents

 

Loans are placed on nonaccrual status and any accrued but unpaid interest income is reversed and charged against income when the payment of interest or principal is 90 days or more past due.  Loans in the nonaccrual category are treated as nonaccrual loans even though we may ultimately recover all or a portion of the interest due.  These loans return to accrual status when the loan becomes contractually current and future collectibility of amounts due is reasonably assured.  As of December 31, 2010, nonaccrual loans totaled $18,651,000 and interest foregone on nonaccrual loans totaled $1,228,000 for the year then ended.  As of December 31, 2009, we had nonaccrual loans totaling $18,959,000 and interest foregone on nonaccrual loans totaled $852,000 for the year then ended.  As of December 31, 2008, we had nonaccrual loans totaling $15,750,000 and interest foregone on nonaccrual loans totaled $371,000 for the year then ended.  We had nonaccrual loans totaling $179,000 at December 31, 2007 and interest foregone on nonaccrual loans totaled $8,000 for the year then ended.  There were no loans on nonaccrual at December 31, 2006 or interest foregone on nonaccrual loans for the year then ended.  See Note 6 of the Company’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.

 

Included in nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2010 were seven loans totaling $6,180,000 that were considered troubled debt restructurings (TDRs).  Included in nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2009 were seven loans that totaled $4,568,000 that were considered to be TDRs at December 31, 2009. There are no outstanding commitments to lend additional funds to any of these borrowers.  The Company had two loans at December 31, 2008 totaling $1,703,000 that were considered to be TDRs.  At December 31, 2007 and 2006 the Company had no restructured loans.  See Note 6 of the Company’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report concerning our recorded investment in loans for which impairment has been recognized.  Impaired loans are identified from internal credit review reports, past due reports, overdraft listings, and regulatory reports of examination.  Borrowers experiencing problems such as operating losses, marginal working capital, inadequate cash flow or business interruptions which jeopardize collection of the loan are also reviewed for possible impairment classification.

 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due, including principal and interest, according to the contractual terms of the original agreement.  Loans determined to be impaired are individually evaluated for impairment.  When a loan is impaired, the Company measures impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, except that as a practical expedient, it may measure impairment based on a loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  A loan is collateral dependent if the repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the underlying collateral.  We perform quarterly internal reviews on substandard loans.  We place loans on nonaccrual status and classify them as impaired when a reasonable doubt exists as to the collectability of interest and principal under the original contractual terms, or when loans are delinquent 90 days or more unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. Management maintains certain loans that have been brought current by the borrower (less than 30 days delinquent) on nonaccrual status until such time as management has determined that the loans are likely to remain current in future periods.  Foregone interest on nonaccrual loans totaled $1,228,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 of which $376,000 was attributable to troubled debt restructurings. Foregone interest on nonaccrual loans was $852,000 and $371,000 for 2009 and 2008, respectively of which $404,000 and $139,000 was attributable to troubled debt restructurings, respectively.

 

Other than as discussed above, as of December 31, 2010, we had no loans where known information about possible credit problems of borrowers caused management to have serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with the present loan repayment terms and which may result in disclosure of such loans as impaired loans.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

Table G

 

SUMMARY OF LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE

 

The following table summarizes loan loss experience as of and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 2006.

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Loans outstanding at December 31,

 

$

432,096

 

$

459,599

 

$

484,456

 

$

341,716

 

$

323,414

 

Average loans outstanding during year

 

$

455,340

 

$

482,458

 

$

367,009

 

$

331,459

 

$

304,074

 

Allowance for credit losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

10,200

 

$

7,223

 

$

3,887

 

$

3,809

 

$

3,339

 

Deduct loans charged-off:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

(1,938

)

(1,383

)

(175

)

(264

)

(539

)

Owner occupied

 

(218

)

(1,160

)

 

 

 

Real estate — construction and other land loans

 

(823

)

(569

)

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

(11

)

(1,588

)

 

 

 

Real estate — other

 

(456

)

(2,450

)

(393

)

(12

)

 

Consumer loans

 

(679

)

(776

)

(283

)

(205

)

(182

)

Total loans charged-off

 

(4,122

)

(7,926

)

(851

)

(481

)

(721

)

Add recoveries of loans charged off:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

429

 

45

 

22

 

15

 

293

 

Owner occupied

 

258

 

20

 

 

 

 

Real estate — construction

 

42

 

55

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

Real estate — other

 

81

 

201

 

22

 

1

 

 

Consumer loans

 

326

 

63

 

67

 

63

 

98

 

Total recoveries

 

1,136

 

389

 

111

 

79

 

391

 

Net charge-offs

 

(2,986

)

(7,537

)

(740

)

(402

)

(330

)

Allowance acquired in mergers

 

 

 

2,786

 

 

 

Add provision charged to operating expense

 

3,800

 

10,514

 

1,290

 

480

 

800

 

Balance at end of year

 

$

11,014

 

$

10,200

 

$

7,223

 

$

3,887

 

$

3,809

 

Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of outstanding loan balance

 

2.55

%

2.22

%

1.49

%

1.14

%

1.18

%

Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding

 

(0.66

)%

(1.56

)%

(0.20

)%

(0.12

)%

(0.11

)%

 

15



Table of Contents

 

Managing credits identified through the risk evaluation methodology includes developing a business strategy with the customer to mitigate our losses.  Our management continues to monitor these credits with a view to identifying as early as possible when, and to what extent, additional provisions may be necessary.

 

The allowance for credit losses is reviewed at least quarterly by the Bank’s and our Board of Directors’ Audit/Compliance Committee and by the Bank’s and our Board of Directors.  Reserves are allocated to loan portfolio segments using percentages which are based on both historical risk elements such as delinquencies and losses and predictive risk elements such as economic, competitive and environmental factors.  We have adopted the specific reserve approach to allocate reserves to each impaired asset for the purpose of estimating potential loss exposure.  Although the allowance for credit losses is allocated to various portfolio categories, it is general in nature and available for the loan portfolio in its entirety.  Additions may be required based on the results of independent loan portfolio examinations, regulatory agency examinations, or our own internal review process.  Additions are also required when, in management’s judgment, the reserve does not properly reflect the potential loss exposure.

 

The provision for credit losses for the years ended December 31, 2010 was $3,800,000. The amount of provision is primarily the result of our assessment of the overall adequacy of the allowance for credit losses considering a number of factors, including the increase or decrease in the volume of outstanding loans and the level of net charge offs during the year.  The decrease in the provision in 2010 was due to a reduction in net charge offs which were $2,986,000 and a period-to-period decrease in the level of outstanding loans.  In 2009, the Bank added $10,514,000 to the provision. The increase in 2009 was primarily the result of our assessment of the overall adequacy of the allowance for credit losses including the increase in the volume of outstanding loans and the level of net charge offs during the year of $7,537,000.  In 2008, the Bank added $1,290,000 to the allowance for credit losses.  The increase in 2008 resulted from management’s overall assessment of the probable losses within the loan portfolio at December 31, 2008, the growth in loans and considering the level of net charge-offs during the year of $740,000.  For 2007, the Bank added $480,000 to the allowance for credit losses.  The increase in 2007 was due in part to the growth in loans and the result of our assessment of probable losses within the loan portfolio.  In 2006, the Bank added $800,000 to the allowance for credit losses.  The increase in 2006 is due in part to the increase in the volume of outstanding loans and our assessment of the overall adequacy of the allowance for credit losses and net charge offs of $330,000.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

Using the criteria on the previous page, the allocation of the allowance for credit losses is set forth below:

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amount

 

Percent
of Loans
in Each
Category
to Total
Loans

 

Amount

 

Percent
of Loans
in Each
Category
to Total
Loans

 

Amount

 

Percent
of Loans
in Each
Category
to Total
Loans

 

Amount

 

Percent
of Loans
in Each
Category
to Total
Loans

 

Amount

 

Percent
of Loans
in Each
Category
to Total
Loans

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

2,345

 

22.3

%

$

2,861

 

22.2

%

$

1,777

 

26.7

%

$

1,254

 

27.1

%

$

1,656

 

31.1

%

Real estate construction, land development and other land loans

 

1,808

 

7.4

%

836

 

10.3

%

820

 

9.6

%

312

 

10.5

%

294

 

10.1

%

Real estate - other

 

4,959

 

49.5

%

3,813

 

48.2

%

2,570

 

46.9

%

1,353

 

44.0

%

1,210

 

40.7

%

Equity loans and lines of credit

 

797

 

8.0

%

334

 

7.8

%

64

 

6.8

%

157

 

7.2

%

171

 

7.5

%

Loans to finance agricultural and other loans to farmers

 

405

 

9.0

%

708

 

7.8

%

235

 

6.7

%

501

 

9.4

%

227

 

9.0

%

Loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures and other loans

 

382

 

2.0

%

423

 

2.4

%

593

 

3.1

%

236

 

1.7

%

193

 

1.5

%

Other

 

80

 

1.8

%

48

 

1.3

%

64

 

0.2

%

23

 

0.1

%

1

 

0.1

%

Unallocated reserve

 

238

 

 

1,177

 

 

1,100

 

 

51

 

 

57

 

 

 

 

$

11,014

 

100

%

$

10,200

 

100

%

$

7,223

 

100

%

$

3,887

 

100

%

$

3,809

 

100

%

 

Loans are charged to the allowance for credit losses when the loans are deemed uncollectible.  It is the policy of management to make additions to the allowance so that it remains adequate to cover all probable loan charge-offs that exist in the portfolio at that time. In 2010 enhanced ALLL methodology enabled us to assign qualitative and quantitative factors (Q factors) to each loan category resulting in a decrease in unallocated reserves. Q factors include reserves held for the effects of lending policies, economic trends, and portfolio trends along with other dynamics which may cause additional stress to the portfolio. The unallocated reserves as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 were higher because Q factors were applied to the portfolio as a whole.

 

17



Table of Contents

 

Table H

 

DEPOSITS

 

We have no known foreign deposits.  The following table sets forth the average amount of and the average rate paid on certain deposit categories which were in excess of 10% of average total deposits for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008.

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Rate

 

NOW accounts

 

$

116,504

 

0.38

%

$

109,318

 

0.66

%

$

61,227

 

0.47

%

Money market accounts

 

$

157,761

 

0.66

%

$

136,104

 

0.93

%

$

105,223

 

1.93

%

Time certificates of deposit

 

$

183,109

 

1.19

%

$

211,193

 

1.82

%

$

128,425

 

3.09

%

Non-interest bearing demand

 

$

152,946

 

N/A

 

$

153,148

 

N/A

 

$

131,744

 

N/A

 

Total deposits

 

$

636,166

 

0.58

%

$

632,263

 

0.93

%

$

445,285

 

1.42

%

 

Table I

 

TIME DEPOSITS

 

The following table sets forth the maturity of time certificates of deposit and other time deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2010.

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Three months or less

 

$

48,041

 

Over 3 months through 6 months

 

29,311

 

Over 6 through 12 months

 

24,970

 

Over 12 months

 

17,181

 

 

 

$

119,503

 

 

Table J

 

FINANCIAL RATIOS

 

The following table sets forth certain financial ratios for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008.

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Net income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To average assets

 

0.43

%

0.34

%

0.95

%

To average shareholders’ equity

 

3.41

%

3.10

%

8.82

%

Dividends declared per share to net income per share

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

12.66

%

Average shareholders’ equity to average assets

 

12.67

%

11.08

%

10.75

%

 

18



Table of Contents

 

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

 

GENERAL

 

The banking and financial services businesses in which we engage are highly regulated.  Such regulation is intended, among other things, to protect depositors whose deposits are insured by the FDIC and the banking system as a whole.  The monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and the policies of regulatory agencies, particularly the Board of Governors, also influence the commercial banking business.  The Board of Governors implements national monetary policies (with objectives such as curbing inflation and combating recession) by its open-market operations in United States Government securities, by adjusting the required level of reserves for financial intermediaries subject to its reserve requirements and by varying the discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository institutions.  The actions of the Board of Governors in these areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and also affect interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits.  Indirectly such actions may also affect the ability of non-bank financial institutions to compete with the Bank.  The nature and impact of any future changes in monetary policies cannot be predicted.

 

The laws, regulations, and policies affecting financial services businesses are continuously under review by Congress and state legislatures, and federal and state regulatory agencies.  From time to time, legislation is enacted which has the effect of increasing the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other financial intermediaries.  Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the operations and taxation of banks, bank holding companies and other financial intermediaries are frequently made in Congress, in the California legislature and before various bank regulatory and other professional agencies.  Changes in the laws, regulations or policies that affect us cannot necessarily be predicted, but they may have a material effect on our business and earnings.

 

BANK HOLDING COMPANY REGULATION

 

The Company, as a bank holding company, is subject to regulation under the BHC Act, and is subject to the supervision and examination of the Board of Governors.  Pursuant to the BHC Act, we are required to obtain the prior approval of the Board of Governors before we may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or ownership or control of voting shares of any bank if, after giving effect to such acquisition, we would own or control, directly or indirectly, more than five percent of such bank.

 

Under the BHC Act, we may not engage in any business other than managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to our subsidiaries that the Board of Governors deems to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to banking.  We are also prohibited, with certain exceptions, from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than five percent of the voting shares of any company unless the company is engaged in banking activities or the Board of Governors determines that the activity is so closely related to banking to be a proper incident to banking.  The Board of Governors’ approval must be obtained before the shares of any such company can be acquired and, in certain cases, before any approved company can open new offices.

 

The BHC Act and regulations of the Board of Governors also impose certain constraints on the redemption or purchase by a bank holding company of its own shares of stock.

 

Our earnings and activities are affected by legislation, by actions of regulators, and by local legislative and administrative bodies and decisions of courts in the jurisdictions in which both the Company and the Bank conduct business.  For example, these include limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company and the ability of the Company to pay dividends to its shareholders.  It is the policy of the Board of Governors that bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition.  The policy provides that bank holding companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines the bank holding company’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries.  Various federal and state statutory provisions limit the amount of dividends that subsidiary banks can pay to their holding companies without regulatory approval.  In addition to these explicit limitations, the federal regulatory agencies are authorized to prohibit a banking subsidiary or bank holding company from engaging in an unsafe or unsound banking practice.  Depending upon the circumstances, the agencies could take the position that paying a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice.

 

19



Table of Contents

 

In addition, banking subsidiaries of bank holding companies are subject to certain restrictions imposed by federal law in dealings with their holding companies and other affiliates.  Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Federal Reserve Act and the recently enacted Regulation W, a bank can make a loan or extend credit to an affiliate, purchase or invest in the securities of an affiliate, purchase assets from an affiliate, accept securities of an affiliate as collateral security for a loan or extension of credit to any person or company, issue a guarantee, or accept letters of credit on behalf of an affiliate only if the aggregate amount of the above transactions of such subsidiary does not exceed 10 percent of such subsidiary’s capital stock and surplus on a per affiliate basis or 20 percent of such subsidiary’s capital stock and surplus on an aggregate affiliate basis.  Such transactions must be on terms and conditions that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices. A bank and its subsidiaries generally may not purchase a “low-quality asset,” as that term is defined in the Federal Reserve Act, from an affiliate.  Such restrictions also generally prevent a holding company and its other affiliates from borrowing from a banking subsidiary of the holding company unless the loans are secured by collateral.

 

A holding company and its banking subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, sale or lease of property or provision of services.  For example, with certain exceptions a bank may not condition an extension of credit on a customer obtaining other services provided by it, a holding company or any of its other bank affiliates, or on a promise by the customer not to obtain other services from a competitor.

 

The Board of Governors has cease and desist powers over parent bank holding companies and non-banking subsidiaries where actions of a parent bank holding company or its non-financial institution subsidiaries represent an unsafe or unsound practice or violation of law.  The Board of Governors has the authority to regulate debt obligations (other than commercial paper) issued by bank holding companies by imposing interest ceilings and reserve requirements on such debt obligations.

 

We are also a bank holding company within the meaning of Section 3700 of the California Financial Code.  As such, we and our subsidiaries are subject to examination by the Department of Financial Institutions (DFI).

 

Further, we are required by the Board of Governors to maintain certain capital levels.  See “Capital Standards.”

 

REGULATION OF THE BANK

 

Banks are extensively regulated under both federal and state law.  The Bank, as a California state-chartered bank, is subject to primary supervision, regulation and periodic examination by the DFI and the FDIC.  The Bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, but is nevertheless subject to certain regulations of the Board of Governors.

 

If, as a result of an examination of a bank, the FDIC should determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or other aspects of the Bank’s operations are unsatisfactory or that the Bank or its management is violating or has violated any law or regulation, various remedies are available to the FDIC. Such remedies include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in capital, to restrict the growth of the Bank, to assess civil monetary penalties, to remove officers and directors, and ultimately to terminate the Bank’s deposit insurance, which for a California chartered bank would result in a revocation of the Bank’s charter.  The DFI has many of the same remedial powers.

 

The Bank is a member of the FDIC, which currently insures customer deposits in each member bank to a maximum of $250,000 per depositor.  For this protection, the Bank is subject to the rules and regulations of the FDIC, and, as is the case with all insured banks, may be required to pay a semi-annual statutory assessment. As mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC Board approved the final rule that implemented unlimited deposit insurance coverage on noninterest-bearing transaction accounts beginning on December 31, 2010, and ending

 

20



Table of Contents

 

December 31, 2012.  This coverage replaces the unlimited coverage under the Transaction Account Guarantee Program (the “TAGP”). Coverage under this program is confined to noninterest-bearing accounts and interest-bearing Lawyers Trust accounts (IOLTAs). The coverage will not include other accounts, such as traditional checking or demand deposit accounts that may earn interest, NOW accounts, and money-market deposit accounts.

 

Various requirements and restrictions under the laws of the State of California and the United States affect the operations of the Bank. State and federal statutes and regulations relate to many aspects of the Bank’s operations, including standards for safety and soundness, reserves against deposits, interest rates payable on deposits, loans, investments, mergers and acquisitions, borrowings, dividends, locations of branch offices, fair lending requirements, Community Reinvestment Act activities, and loans to affiliates.

 

PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS

 

THE COMPANY

 

Our shareholders are entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by our Board of Directors, out of funds legally available, subject to the dividends preference, if any, on preferred shares that may be outstanding, and also subject to the restrictions of the California Corporations Code.  See Note 13 of the Company’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report concerning preferred stock issued through the Capital Purchase Program (CPP) on January 30, 2009 and preferred stock and common stock issued pursuant to Stock Purchase Agreements with accredited private investors.  Dividends on common stock in 2011 will also be limited to historic levels without the prior approval of the United States Treasury due to the Company’s participation in the CPP.

 

The principal source of cash revenue to the Company is dividends received from the Bank.  The Bank’s ability to make dividend payments to the Company is subject to state and federal regulatory restrictions.

 

THE BANK

 

Dividends payable by the Bank to the Company are restricted under California law to the lesser of the Bank’s retained earnings, or the Bank’s net income for the latest three fiscal years, less dividends paid during that period, or, with the approval of the DFI, to the greater of the retained earnings of the Bank, the net income of the Bank for its last fiscal year or the net income of the Bank for its current fiscal year.

 

In addition to the regulations concerning minimum uniform capital adequacy requirements described below, the FDIC has established guidelines regarding the maintenance of an adequate allowance for credit losses.  Therefore, the future payment of cash dividends by the Bank will generally depend, in addition to regulatory constraints, upon the Bank’s earnings during any fiscal period, the assessment of the Board of Directors of the capital requirements of the Bank and other factors, including the maintenance of an adequate allowance for credit losses.

 

CAPITAL STANDARDS

 

The Board of Governors, the FDIC and other federal banking agencies have issued risk-based capital adequacy guidelines intended to provide a measure of capital adequacy that reflects the degree of risk associated with a banking organization’s operations for both transactions reported on the balance sheet as assets, and transactions, such as letters of credit and recourse arrangements, which are reported as off-balance-sheet items.  Under these guidelines, nominal dollar amounts of assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance-sheet items are multiplied by one of several risk adjustment percentages, which range from 0% for assets with low credit risk, such as certain U.S. government securities, to 100% for assets with relatively higher credit risk, such as business loans.

 

A banking organization’s risk-based capital ratios are obtained by dividing its qualifying capital by its total risk-adjusted assets and off-balance-sheet items.  The regulators measure risk-adjusted assets and off-balance-sheet items against both total qualifying capital (the sum of Tier 1 capital and limited amounts of Tier 2 capital) and Tier 1 capital.  Tier 1 capital consists of common stock, retained earnings, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and minority interests in certain subsidiaries, less most other intangible assets.  Tier 2 capital may consist of a limited

 

21



Table of Contents

 

amount of the allowance for possible loan and lease losses and certain other instruments with some characteristics of equity.  The inclusion of elements of Tier 2 capital is subject to certain other requirements and limitations of the federal banking agencies.  Since December 31, 1992, the federal banking agencies have required a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-adjusted assets and off-balance-sheet items of 8%, and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-adjusted assets and off-balance-sheet items of 4%.

 

In addition to the risk-based guidelines, federal banking regulators require banking organizations to maintain a minimum amount of Tier 1 capital to average total assets, referred to as the leverage ratio.  For a banking organization rated in the highest of the five categories used by regulators to rate banking organizations, the minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets is 3%. It is improbable, however, that an institution with a 3% leverage ratio would receive the highest rating by the regulators since a strong capital position is a significant part of the regulators’ rating.  For all banking organizations not rated in the highest category, the minimum leverage ratio is at least 100 to 200 basis points above the 3% minimum.  Thus, the effective minimum leverage ratio, for all practical purposes, is at least 4% or 5%.  In addition to these uniform risk-based capital guidelines and leverage ratios that apply across the industry, the regulators have the discretion to set individual minimum capital requirements for specific institutions at rates significantly above the minimum guidelines and ratios.

 

A bank that does not achieve and maintain the required capital levels may be issued a capital directive by the FDIC to ensure the maintenance of required capital levels.  As discussed above, the Company and the Bank are required to maintain certain levels of capital.  The regulatory capital guidelines as well as the actual capitalization for the Bank and the Company on a consolidated basis as of December 31, 2010 are as follows:

 

 

 

REQUIREMENT

 

ACTUAL

 

 

 

ADEQUATELY
CAPITALIZED

 

FOR THE
BANK TO BE
WELL
CAPITALIZED

 

BANK

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

8.00

%

10.00

%

15.19

%

15.42

%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

4.00

%

6.00

%

13.92

%

14.16

%

Tier 1 leverage capital ratio

 

4.00

%

5.00

%

9.32

%

9.48

%

 

USA PATRIOT ACT

 

On October 26, 2001, the President signed the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT) Act of 2001.  The USA PATRIOT Act also made significant changes to the Bank Secrecy Act.  Under the USA PATRIOT Act, financial institutions are subject to prohibitions against specified financial transactions and account relationships as well as enhanced due diligence and of identifying customers when establishing new relationships and standards in their dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers.  For example, the enhanced due diligence policies, procedures, and controls generally require financial institutions to take reasonable steps:

 

* To conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and report any suspicious transaction;

 

* To ascertain the identity of the nominal and beneficial owners of, and the source of funds deposited into, each account as needed to guard against money laundering and report any suspicious transactions;

 

* To ascertain for any foreign bank, the shares of which are not publicly traded, the identity of the owners of the foreign bank, and the nature and extent of the ownership interest of each such owner; and

 

* To ascertain whether any foreign bank provides correspondent accounts to other foreign banks and, if so, the identity of those foreign banks and related due diligence information.

 

22



Table of Contents

 

Under the USA PATRIOT Act, financial institutions are to establish anti-money laundering programs to enhance their Bank Secrecy Act program.  The USA PATRIOT Act sets forth minimum standards for these programs, including:

 

* The development of internal policies, procedures, and controls;

 

* The designation of a compliance officer;

 

* An ongoing employee training program; and

 

* An independent audit function to test the programs.

 

Bank management believes that the Bank is currently in compliance with the Act.

 

FINANCIAL SERVICES MODERNIZATION LEGISLATION

 

On November 12, 1999, President Clinton signed into law the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, also known as the Financial Services Modernization Act.  This legislation eliminated many of the barriers that have separated the insurance, securities and banking industries since the Great Depression.  The federal banking agencies (the Board of Governors, FDIC and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency) among others, continue to draft regulations to implement the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.  The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act is the result of a decade of debate in the Congress regarding a fundamental reformation of the nation’s financial system.  The law is subdivided into seven titles, by functional area.

 

The major provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act are:

 

FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANIES AND FINANCIAL ACTIVITIES.  Title I establishes a comprehensive framework to permit affiliations among commercial banks, insurance companies, securities firms, and other financial service providers by revising and expanding the BHC Act framework to permit a holding company system to engage in a full range of financial activities through qualification as a new entity known as a financial holding company.

 

Final regulations adopted by the FDIC in January 2001, in the form of amendments to Part 362 of the FDIC rules and regulations, provide the framework for subsidiaries of state nonmember banks to engage in financial activities that the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act permits national banks to conduct through a financial subsidiary.

 

Activities permissible for financial subsidiaries of national banks, and, pursuant to Section 362 of the FDIC rules and regulations, also permissible for financial subsidiaries of state nonmember banks, include, but are not limited to, the following:  (a) Lending, exchanging, transferring, investing for others, or safeguarding money or securities; (b) Insuring, guaranteeing, or indemnifying against loss, harm, damage, illness, disability, or death, or providing and issuing annuities, and acting as principal, agent, or broker for purposes of the foregoing, in any State; (c) Providing financial, investment, or economic advisory services, including advising an investment company; (d) Issuing or selling instruments representing interests in pools of assets permissible for a bank to hold directly; and (e) Underwriting, dealing in, or making a market in securities.

 

SECURITIES ACTIVITIES. Title II narrows the exemptions from the securities laws previously enjoyed by banks and creates a new, voluntary investment bank holding company.  The Board of Governors and the SEC continue to work together to draft rules governing certain securities activities of banks.

 

INSURANCE ACTIVITIES. Title III restates the proposition that the states are the functional regulators for all insurance activities, including the insurance activities of federally-chartered banks, and bars the states from prohibiting insurance activities by depository institutions.

 

23



Table of Contents

 

PRIVACY. Under Title V, federal banking regulators were required to adopt rules that have limited the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties.  These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a nonaffiliated third party.  Federal banking regulators issued final rules on May 10, 2000 to implement the privacy provisions of Title V. Under the rules, financial institutions must provide:

 

* initial notices to customers about their privacy policies, describing the conditions under which they may disclose nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third parties and affiliates;

 

* annual notices of their privacy policies to current customers; and

 

* a reasonable method for customers to “opt out” of disclosures to nonaffiliated third parties.

 

Compliance with these rules was mandatory after July 1, 2001.  The Company and the Bank were in full compliance with the rules as of or prior to their respective effective dates.

 

SAFEGUARDING CONFIDENTIAL CUSTOMER INFORMATION.  Under Title V, federal banking regulators are required to adopt rules requiring financial institutions to implement a program to protect confidential customer information.  In January 2000, the federal banking agencies adopted guidelines requiring financial institutions to establish an information security program.

 

The Bank implemented a security program appropriate to its size and complexity and the nature and scope of its operations prior to the July 1, 2001 effective date of the regulatory guidelines, and since initial implementation has, as necessary, updated and improved that program.

 

COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT ACT SUNSHINE REQUIREMENTS.  The federal banking agencies have adopted final regulations implementing Section 711 of Title VII of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Sunshine Requirements.  The regulations require nongovernmental entities or persons and insured depository institutions and affiliates that are parties to written agreements made in connection with the fulfillment of the institution’s CRA obligations to make available to the public and the federal banking agencies a copy of each agreement.  Neither the Company nor the Bank is a party to any agreement that would be the subject of reporting pursuant to the CRA Sunshine Requirements.

 

The Company continues to evaluate the strategic opportunities presented by the broad powers granted to bank holding companies that elect to be treated as financial holding companies.  In the event that the Company determines that access to the broader powers of a financial holding company is in the best interests of the Company, its shareholders and the Bank, the Company will file the appropriate election with the Board of Governors.

 

The Company and the Bank intend to comply with all provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and all implementing regulations as they become effective.

 

CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS AND REGULATIONS

 

The bank regulatory agencies are focusing greater attention on compliance with consumer protection laws and their implementing regulations.  Examination and enforcement have become more intense in nature, and insured institutions have been advised to monitor carefully compliance with such laws and regulations.  The Bank is subject to many federal consumer protection statutes and regulations, some of which are discussed below.

 

The Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) is intended to encourage insured depository institutions, while operating safely and soundly, to help meet the credit needs of their communities.  The CRA specifically directs the federal regulatory agencies, in examining insured depository institutions, to assess a bank’s record of helping meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound banking practices.  The CRA further requires the agencies to take a financial institution’s record of meeting its community credit needs into account when evaluating applications for, among other things, domestic branches, mergers or acquisitions, or holding company formations.  The agencies use the CRA assessment factors in order to provide a rating to the financial institution.  The ratings range from a high of “outstanding” to a low of “substantial noncompliance.”  The Bank was last examined for CRA compliance by its primary regulator, the FDIC, as of November 2009.

 

24



Table of Contents

 

The Equal Credit Opportunity Act (ECOA) generally prohibits discrimination in any credit transaction, whether for consumer or business purposes, on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, age (except in limited circumstances), receipt of income from public assistance programs, or good faith exercise of any rights under the Consumer Credit Protection Act.

 

The Truth in Lending Act (TILA) is designed to ensure that credit terms are disclosed in a meaningful way so that consumers may compare credit terms more readily and knowledgeably.  As a result of the TILA, all creditors must use the same credit terminology to express rates and payments, including the annual percentage rate, the finance charge, the amount financed, the total of payments and the payment schedule, among other things.

 

The Fair Housing Act (FH Act) regulates many practices, including making it unlawful for any lender to discriminate in its housing-related lending activities against any person because of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, handicap or familial status.  A number of lending practices have been found by the courts to be, or may be considered, illegal under the FH Act, including some that are not specifically mentioned in the FH Act itself.

 

The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (HMDA) grew out of public concern over credit shortages in certain urban neighborhoods and provides public information that will help show whether financial institutions are serving the housing credit needs of the neighborhoods and communities in which they are located.  The HMDA also includes a “fair lending” aspect that requires the collection and disclosure of data about applicant and borrower characteristics as a way of identifying possible discriminatory lending patterns and enforcing anti-discrimination statutes.

 

Finally, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA) requires lenders to provide borrowers with disclosures regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements.  Also, RESPA prohibits certain abusive practices, such as kickbacks, and places limitations on the amount of escrow accounts.  Penalties under the above laws may include fines, reimbursements and other penalties.

 

Due to heightened regulatory concern related to compliance with the CRA, TILA, FH Act, ECOA, HMDA and RESPA generally, the Bank may incur additional compliance costs or be required to expend additional funds for investments in its local community.

 

CALIFORNIA FINANCIAL INFORMATION PRIVACY ACT/FAIR CREDIT REPORTING ACT

 

In 1970, the Federal Fair Credit Reporting Act (the FCRA) was enacted to insure the confidentiality, accuracy, relevancy and proper utilization of consumer credit report information.  Under the framework of the FCRA, the United States has developed a highly advanced and efficient credit reporting system.  The information contained in that broad system is used by financial institutions, retailers and other creditors of every size in making a wide variety of decisions regarding financial transactions.  Employers and law enforcement agencies have also made wide use of the information collected and maintained in databases made possible by the FCRA.  The FCRA affirmatively preempts state law in a number of areas, including the ability of entities affiliated by common ownership to share and exchange information freely, and the requirements on credit bureaus to reinvestigate the contents of reports in response to consumer complaints, among others.

 

The California Financial Information Privacy Act, which was enacted in 2003, requires a financial institution to provide specific information to a consumer related to the sharing of that consumer’s nonpublic personal information.  The Act allows a consumer to direct the financial institution not to share his or her nonpublic personal information with affiliated or nonaffiliated companies with which a financial institution has contracted to provide financial products and services, and requires that permission from each such consumer be acquired by a financial institution prior to sharing such information.

 

The FACT Act, (Fair and Accurate Credit Transaction Act) became law in 2003, effectively extending and amending provisions of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA).  The FACT Act created many new responsibilities for consumer reporting agencies and users of consumer reports.  It contains many new consumer disclosure requirements as well as provisions to address identity theft.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

CHECK 21 ACT

 

On December 22, 2003, the Board of Governors amended Regulation CC and its commentary to implement the Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (Check 21 Act).  The Check 21 Act became effective on October 28, 2004.

 

To facilitate check truncation and electronic check exchange, the Check 21 Act authorizes a new negotiable instrument called a “substitute check” and provides that a properly prepared substitute check is the legal equivalent of the original check for all purposes.  A substitute check is a paper reproduction of the original check that can be processed just like the original check.  The Check 21 Act does not require any bank to create substitute checks or to accept checks electronically.  The amendments: 1) set forth the requirements of the Check 21 Act that applies to banks; 2) provide a model disclosure and model notices relating to substitute checks; and 3) set forth bank endorsement and identification requirements for substitute checks.

 

The Bank has been imaging its customers’ checks since 2000.  Check 21 Act has had limited impact on the Bank.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Transfers of Financial Assets

 

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2009-16, Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets (Statement 166), which amends previously issued accounting guidance to enhance accounting and reporting for transfers of financial assets, including securitizations or continuing exposure to the risks related to transferred financial assets.  Prior to the issuance of Statement 166, transfers under participation agreements and other partial loan sales fell under the general guidance for transfers of financial assets.  Statement 166 introduces a new definition for a participating interest along with the requirement for partial loan sales to meet the definition of a participating interest for sale treatment to occur.  If a participation or other partial loan sale does not meet the definition, the portion sold should remain on the books and the proceeds recorded as a secured borrowing until the definition is met.  Additionally, existing provisions that require the transferred assets to be isolated from the originating institution (transferor), that the transferor does not maintain effective control through certain agreements to repurchase or redeem the transferred assets and that the purchasing institution (transferee) has the right to pledge or exchange the assets acquired were retained.  The new provisions became effective on January 1, 2010 and early adoption was not permitted. The impact of adoption was not material to the Company’s financial position, results of operation or cash flows.

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

In January 2010, the FASB issued FASB ASU 2010-06, Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements, which amends and clarifies existing standards to require additional disclosures regarding fair value measurements.  Specifically, the standard requires disclosure of the amounts of significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and the reasons for these transfers, the reasons for any transfers in or out of Level 3, and information in the reconciliation of recurring Level 3 measurements about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements on a gross basis.  This standard clarifies that reporting entities are required to provide fair value measurement disclosures for each class of assets and liabilities—previously separate fair value disclosures were required for each major category of assets and liabilities.  This standard also clarifies the requirement to disclose information about both the valuation techniques and inputs used in estimating Level 2 and Level 3 fair value measurements.  Except for the requirement to disclose information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the reconciliation of recurring Level 3 measurements on a gross basis, these disclosures are effective for the year ended December 31, 2010.  The requirement to separately disclose purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements of recurring Level 3 measurements becomes effective for the Company for the year beginning on January 1, 2011.  The Company adopted this new accounting standard as of January 1, 2010 and the impact of adoption was not material to the Company’s financial position, results of operation or cash flows.

 

26



Table of Contents

 

Disclosures about Credit Quality

 

In July 2010, the FASB issued FASB ASU 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses.  ASU 2010-20 requires more robust and disaggregated disclosures about the credit quality of financing receivables (loans) and allowances for loan losses, including disclosure about credit quality indicators, past due information and modifications of finance receivables.  The disclosures as of the end of a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on and after December 15, 2010.  The disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010.  The adoption of this guidance has significantly expanded disclosure requirements related to accounting policies and disclosures related to the allowance for loan losses but did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operation or cash flows.

 

Other

 

Other legislation which has been or may be proposed to the United States Congress and the California Legislature and regulations which may be proposed by the Board of Governors, FDIC and the DFI may affect our business.  It cannot be predicted whether any pending or proposed legislation or regulations will be adopted or the effect such legislation or regulations may have upon our business.

 

ITEM 1A -             RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our common stock is subject to risks inherent to our business.  The material risks and uncertainties that Management believes may affect our business are described below.  Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report.  The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing our business.  Additional risks and uncertainties that Management is not aware of or focused on or that Management currently deems immaterial may also impair our business operations.  This Annual Report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors.

 

If any of the following risks actually occur, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.  If this were to happen, the value of our common stock could decline significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

Worsening economic conditions could adversely affect our business.

 

The economic conditions in the United States in general and within California and in our operating markets may continue to deteriorate.  Unemployment nationwide and in California has increased significantly through this economic downturn and is anticipated to increase or remain elevated for the foreseeable future.  Availability of credit and consumer spending, real estate values, and consumer confidence have all declined markedly.  The volatility of the capital markets and the credit, capital and liquidity problems confronting the U.S. financial system have not been resolved despite massive government expenditures and legislative efforts to stabilize the U.S. financial system.  There is no assurance that such conditions will improve or be resolved in the foreseeable future.

 

The Bank conducts banking operations principally in California’s Central Valley.  As a result, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows are subject to changes in the economic conditions in California’s Central Valley.  Our business results are dependent in large part upon the business activity, population, income levels, deposits and real estate activity in the Central Valley, and continued adverse economic conditions could have a material adverse effect upon us.  In addition, the Central Valley remains largely dependent on agriculture.  A downturn in agriculture and agricultural related business could indirectly and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

We can provide no assurance that economic conditions in the United States in general and in the State of California and within our operating markets will not further deteriorate or that such deterioration will not materially and adversely affect us.  A further deterioration in economic conditions locally, regionally or nationally could result in a further economic downturn in the Central Valley with the following consequences, any of which could further adversely affect our business:

 

27



Table of Contents

 

·                                          loan delinquencies and defaults may increase;

·                                          problem assets and foreclosures may increase;

·                                          demand for our products and services may decline;

·                                          low cost or noninterest bearing deposits may decrease;

·                                          collateral for loans may decline in value, in turn reducing customers’ borrowing power, and reducing the value of assets and collateral as sources of repayment of existing loans;

·                                          foreclosed assets may not be able to be sold;

·                                          volatile securities market conditions could adversely affect valuations of investment portfolio assets; and

·                                          reputational risk may increase due to public sentiment regarding the banking industry.

 

Non-performing assets take significant time to resolve and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

At December 31, 2010, our non-performing loans and leases were 4.30% of total loans and leases compared to 4.13% at December 31, 2009, and at December 31, 2010, our non-performing assets (which include foreclosed real estate) were 2.57% of total assets compared to 2.85% at December 31, 2009.  The allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of non-performing loans and leases was 59.3% as of December 31, 2010 compared to 53.8% at December 31, 2009.  Non-performing assets adversely affect our net income in various ways.  Until economic and market conditions improve, we expect to be exposed to losses relating to an increase in non-performing assets.  We generally do not record interest income on non-performing loans or other real estate owned, thereby adversely affecting our income and increasing our loan administration costs.  When we take collateral in foreclosures and similar proceedings, we are required to mark the related asset to the then fair market value of the collateral, which may ultimately result in a loss.  An increase in the level of non-performing assets increases our risk profile and may impact the capital levels our regulators believe are appropriate in light of the ensuing risk profile, which could result in a request to reduce our level of non-performing assets.  When we reduce problem assets through loan sales, workouts, restructurings and otherwise, decreases in the value of the underlying collateral, or in these borrowers’ performance or financial condition, whether or not due to economic and market conditions beyond our control, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.  In addition, the resolution of non-performing assets requires significant commitments of time from management and our directors, which can be detrimental to the performance of their other responsibilities.  There can be no assurance that we will not experience future increases in non-performing assets or that the disposition of such non-performing assets will not adversely affect our profitability.

 

Tightening of credit markets and liquidity risk could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

A tightening of the credit markets or any inability to obtain adequate funds for continued loan growth at an acceptable cost could adversely affect our asset growth and liquidity position and, therefore, our earnings capability.  In addition to core deposit growth, maturity of investment securities and loan and lease payments, we also rely on alternative funding sources including unsecured borrowing lines with correspondent banks, secured borrowing lines with the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco and the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco, and public time certificates of deposits.  Our ability to access these sources could be impaired by deterioration in our financial condition as well as factors that are not specific to us, such as a disruption in the financial markets or negative views and expectations for the financial services industry or serious dislocation in the general credit markets.  In the event such a disruption should occur, our ability to access these sources could be adversely affected, both as to price and availability, which would limit, or potentially raise the cost of, the funds available to us.

 

We have a concentration risk in real estate related loans.

 

At December 31, 2010, $280.0 million, or 64.9% of our total loan and lease portfolio, consisted of real estate related loans.  Substantially all of our real property collateral is located in our operating markets in the Central Valley in California.  The continuing trend of deteriorating economic conditions in California and in our operating markets has contributed to an overall decline in commercial and residential real estate values.  A continuing substantial decline in commercial and residential real estate values in our primary market areas could occur as a

 

28



Table of Contents

 

result of worsening economic conditions or other events including natural disasters such as earthquakes, fires, and floods.  Such a decline in values could have an adverse impact on us by limiting repayment of defaulted loans through sale of commercial and residential real estate collateral and by a likely increase in the number of defaulted loans to the extent that the financial condition of our borrowers is adversely affected by such a decline in values.  The adverse effects of the foregoing matters upon our real estate portfolio could necessitate a material increase in the provision for loan and lease losses.

 

If our allowance for credit losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings could decrease.

 

Our loan customers may not repay their loans according to the terms of these loans, and the collateral securing the payment of these loans may be insufficient to assure repayment.  We may experience significant credit losses that could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.  We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans.  In determining the size of the allowance, we rely on our experience and our evaluation of economic conditions.  If our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our current allowance may not be sufficient to cover future loan losses and adjustments may be necessary to allow for different economic conditions or adverse developments in our loan portfolio.  Significant additions to our allowance would materially decrease our net income.

 

In addition, federal and state regulators periodically review our allowance for credit losses and may require us to increase our provision for credit losses or recognize further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those we make.  Any increase in our allowance or charge-offs as required by these regulatory agencies could have a negative effect on us.

 

Our focus on lending to small to mid-sized community-based businesses may increase our credit risk.

 

Commercial real estate and commercial business loans generally are considered riskier than single-family residential loans because they have larger balances to a single borrower or group of related borrowers.  Commercial real estate and commercial business loans involve risks because the borrowers’ ability to repay the loans typically depends primarily on the successful operation of the businesses or the properties securing the loans.  Most of the Bank’s commercial real estate and commercial business loans are made to small to medium sized businesses who may have a heightened vulnerability to economic conditions.  Moreover, a portion of these loans have been made by us in recent years and the borrowers may not have experienced a complete business or economic cycle.  Furthermore, the deterioration of our borrowers’ businesses may hinder their ability to repay their loans with us, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Fluctuations in interest rates could reduce our profitability.

 

We realize income primarily from the difference between interest earned on loans and securities and the interest paid on deposits and borrowings.  We expect that we will periodically experience “gaps” in the interest rate sensitivities of our assets and liabilities, meaning that either our interest-bearing liabilities will be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than our interest-earning assets, or vice versa. In either event, if market interest rates should move contrary to our position, this “gap” will work against us, and our earnings may be negatively affected.

 

We are unable to predict fluctuations of market interest rates, which are affected by the following factors:

 

·                                          inflation;

·                                          recession;

·                                          a rise in unemployment;

·                                          tightening money supply;

·                                          international disorder; and

·                                          instability in domestic and foreign financial markets.

 

Our asset/liability management strategy, which is designed to address the risk from changes in market interest rates and the shape of the yield curve, may not prevent changes in interest rates from having a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

29



Table of Contents

 

Governmental monetary policies and intervention to stabilize the U.S. financial system may affect our business and are beyond our control.

 

The business of banking is affected significantly by the fiscal and monetary policies of the Federal government and its agencies. Such policies are beyond our control. We are particularly affected by the policies established by the Federal Reserve Board in relation to the supply of money and credit in the United States. The instruments of monetary policy available to the Federal Reserve Board can be used in varying degrees and combinations to directly affect the availability of bank loans and deposits, as well as the interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits, and this can and does have a material effect on our business.

 

Recent legislation including the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”), signed into law by President Bush on October 3, 2008, and the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the “ARRA”), signed into law by President Obama on February 17, 2009, each include programs that are intended to help stabilize the U.S. financial system. However, it is uncertain whether such legislation will sufficiently resolve the volatility of capital and credit markets or improve capital and liquidity problems confronting the financial system.  The failure of the EESA or ARRA to mitigate or eliminate such volatility and problems affecting the financial markets and a continuation or worsening of current financial market conditions could limit our access to capital or sources of liquidity in amounts and at times necessary to conduct operations in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements.

 

Competition with other financial institutions could adversely affect our profitability.

 

We face vigorous competition from banks and other financial institutions, including savings institutions, finance companies and credit unions.  A number of these banks and other financial institutions have substantially greater resources and lending limits, larger branch systems and a wider array of banking services.  To a limited extent, we also compete with other providers of financial services, such as money market mutual funds, brokerage firms, consumer finance companies and insurance companies.  This competition may reduce or limit our margins on banking services, reduce our market share and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.  Additionally, we face competition primarily from other banks in attracting, developing and retaining qualified banking professionals.

 

Technology implementation problems or computer system failures could adversely affect us.

 

Our future growth prospects will be highly dependent on our ability to implement changes in technology that affect the delivery of banking services such as the increased demand for computer access to bank accounts and the availability to perform banking transactions electronically.  Our ability to compete will depend upon our ability to continue to adapt technology on a timely and cost-effective basis to meet such demands.  In addition, our business and operations could be susceptible to adverse effects from computer failures, communication and energy disruption, and activities such as fraud of unethical individuals with the technological ability to cause disruptions or failures of our data processing system.

 

Information security breaches or other technological difficulties could adversely affect us.

 

We cannot be certain that the continued implementation of safeguards will eliminate the risk of vulnerability to technological difficulties or failures or ensure the absence of a breach of information security.  We will continue to rely on the services of various vendors who provide data processing and communication services to the banking industry.  Nonetheless, if information security is compromised or other technology difficulties or failures occur at the Bank or with one of our vendors, information may be lost or misappropriated, services and operations may be interrupted and the Bank could be exposed to claims from its customers as a result.

 

Our controls over financial reporting and related governance procedures may fail or be circumvented.

 

Management regularly reviews and updates our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures.  We maintain controls and procedures to mitigate risks such as processing system failures or errors and customer or employee fraud, and we maintain insurance coverage for certain of these risks.  Any system of controls and procedures, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and provides only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met.  Events could occur which are not prevented or detected by our internal controls, are not insured against, or are in excess of our insurance limits.  Any failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures, or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures, could have an adverse effect on our business.

 

30



Table of Contents

 

We may not be successful in raising additional capital needed in the future.

 

If additional capital is needed in the future as a result of losses, our business strategy or regulatory requirements, there is no assurance that our efforts to raise such additional capital will be successful or that shares sold in the future will be sold at prices or on terms equal to or better than the current market price.  The inability to raise additional capital when needed or at prices and terms acceptable to us could adversely affect our ability to implement our business strategies.

 

The effects of legislation in response to current credit conditions may adversely affect us.

 

Legislation that has or may be passed at the Federal level and/or by the State of California in response to current conditions affecting credit markets could cause us to experience higher credit losses if such legislation reduces the amount that the Bank’s borrowers are otherwise contractually required to pay under existing loan contracts.  Such legislation could also result in the imposition of limitations upon the Bank’s ability to foreclose on property or other collateral or make foreclosure less economically feasible.  Such events could result in increased loan and lease losses and require a material increase in the allowance for loan and lease losses.

 

The effects of changes to FDIC insurance coverage limits are uncertain and increased premiums may adversely affect us.

 

As mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC Board approved the final rule that implemented unlimited deposit insurance coverage on noninterest-bearing transaction accounts beginning on December 31, 2010, and ending December 31, 2012.  This coverage replaces the unlimited coverage under the Transaction Account Guarantee Program (the “TAGP”). Coverage under this program is confined to noninterest-bearing accounts and interest-bearing Lawyers Trust accounts (IOLTAs). The coverage will not include other accounts, such as traditional checking or demand deposit accounts that may earn interest, NOW accounts, and money-market deposit accounts.

 

It is not clear how depositors will respond regarding the increase in insurance coverage.  Despite the increase, some depositors may reduce the amount of deposits held at the Bank if concerns regarding bank failures persist, which could affect the level and composition of the Bank’s deposit portfolio and thereby directly impact the Bank’s funding costs and net interest margin.  The Bank’s funding costs may also be adversely affected in the event that the activities of the Federal Reserve Board and the U.S. Treasury, intended to provide liquidity for the banking system and improvement in capital markets, are curtailed or unsuccessful.  Such events could reduce liquidity in the markets, thereby increasing funding costs to the Bank or reducing the availability of funds to the Bank to finance its existing operations and thereby adversely affecting our results of operations.

 

Increases in FDIC insurance premiums will add to our cost of operations and could have a significant impact on us.  Depending on any future losses that the FDIC insurance fund may suffer due to failed institutions, there can be no assurance that there will not be additional significant premium increases in order to replenish the fund.  On November 12, 2009, the FDIC announced a final rule to require most banks to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for 2010, 2011 and 2012.  This prepaid amount for the Company was $2,759,000 on December 31, 2010. The prepayments result in a nominal decrease in earnings and liquidity.

 

On February 7, 2011, the FDIC Board of Directors adopted the final rule, which redefines the deposit insurance assessment base as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, and makes changes to assessment rates.  The final rule redefined the deposit insurance assessment base as average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity, defined as Tier 1 capital. The final rule adopts a new assessment rate schedule effective April 1, 2011, and in lieu of dividends, other rate schedules when the reserve ratio reaches certain levels and will be payable at the end of September 2011.  The rule lowers overall assessment rates in order to generate the same approximate amount of revenue under the new larger base as was raised under the old base.  The assessment rates in total would be between 2.5 and 9 basis points on the broader base for banks in the lowest risk category, and 30 to 45 basis points for banks in the highest risk category.

 

31



Table of Contents

 

In the future we may be required to recognize impairment with respect to investment securities, including the FHLB stock we hold.

 

Our securities portfolio contains whole loan private mortgage-backed securities and currently includes securities with unrecognized losses and securities that have been downgraded to below investment grade by national rating agencies.  We may continue to observe declines in the fair market value of these securities.  We evaluate the securities portfolio for any other-than-temporary impairment each reporting period, as required by generally accepted accounting principles, and for the year ended December 31, 2010, we recorded an other-than-temporary impairment of $1,587,000. There can be no assurance, however, that future evaluations of the securities portfolio will not require us to recognize further impairment charges with respect to these and other holdings.

 

In addition, as a condition to membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (the “FHLB”), we are required to purchase and hold a certain amount of FHLB stock.  Our stock purchase requirement is based, in part, upon the outstanding principal balance of advances from the FHLB. At December 31, 2010, we held stock in the FHLB totaling $3,050,000.  The FHLB stock held by us is carried at cost and is subject to recoverability testing under applicable accounting standards.  To date, the FHLB has not discontinued the distribution of dividends on its shares.  However, there can be no assurance the FHLB’s dividend paying practices will continue.  As of December 31, 2010, we did not recognize an impairment charge related to our FHLB stock holdings.  There can be no assurance, however, that future negative changes to the financial condition of the FHLB may not require us to recognize an impairment charge with respect to such holdings.

 

If the goodwill we have recorded in connection with our acquisitions becomes impaired, it could have an adverse impact on our earnings and capital.

 

At December 31, 2010, we had approximately $23,577,000 of goodwill on our balance sheet attributable to our acquisitions of the Bank of Madera County in January 2005 and Service 1st Bancorp in November 2008.  In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, our goodwill is not amortized but rather evaluated for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that a potential impairment exists.  Such evaluation is based on a variety of factors, including the quoted price of our common stock, market prices of the common stock of other banking organizations, common stock trading multiples, discounted cash flows, and data from comparable acquisitions.  There can be no assurance that future evaluations of goodwill will not result in findings of impairment and write-downs, which could be material.

 

We may raise additional capital, which could have a dilutive effect on the existing holders of our common stock and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

We are not restricted from issuing additional shares of common stock or securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock.  We frequently evaluate opportunities to access the capital markets taking into account our regulatory capital ratios, financial condition and other relevant considerations, and subject to market conditions, we may take further capital actions.  Such actions could include, among other things, the issuance of additional shares of common stock in public or private transactions in order to further increase our capital levels above the requirements for a well-capitalized institution established by the Federal bank regulatory agencies as well as other regulatory targets.

 

The issuance of any additional shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock or that represent the right to receive common stock, or the exercise of such securities including, without limitation, securities issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options under our stock option plans, could be substantially dilutive to shareholders of our common stock.  With the exception of one major shareholder, holders of our shares of common stock have no preemptive rights that entitle holders to purchase their pro rata share of any offering of shares of any class or series and, therefore, such sales or offerings could result in increased dilution to our shareholders.  The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of shares of our common stock or the perception that such sales could occur.

 

The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, and this may make it difficult for you to resell shares of common stock owned by you at times or at prices you find attractive.

 

The stock market and, in particular, the market for financial institution stocks, has experienced significant volatility, which, in recent quarters, has reached unprecedented levels.  In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on stock prices for certain issuers without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial strength.  As a result, the trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate more than usual and cause significant price

 

32



Table of Contents

 

variations to occur.  This may make it difficult for you to resell shares of common stock owned by you at times or at prices you find attractive.  The low trading volume in our common shares on the NASDAQ Capital Market means that our shares may have less liquidity than other publicly traded companies.  We cannot ensure that the volume of trading in our common shares will be maintained or will increase in the future.

 

The trading price of the shares of our common stock will depend on many factors, which may change from time to time and which may be beyond our control, including, without limitation, our financial condition, performance, creditworthiness and prospects, future sales or offerings of our equity or equity related securities, and other factors identified above in the forward-looking statement discussion under the section titled “Cautionary Statements Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and below.  These broad market fluctuations have adversely affected and may continue to adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Among the factors that could affect our stock price are:

 

·                                          actual or anticipated quarterly fluctuations in our operating results and financial condition;

·                                          changes in financial estimates or publication of research reports and recommendations by financial analysts or actions taken by rating agencies with respect to our common stock or those of other financial institutions;

·                                          failure to meet analysts’ revenue or earnings estimates;

·                                          speculation in the press or investment community generally or relating to our reputation, our market area, our competitors or the financial services industry in general;

·                                          strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions, restructurings, dispositions or financings;

·                                          actions by our current shareholders, including sales of common stock by existing shareholders and/or directors and executive officers;

·                                          fluctuations in the stock price and operating results of our competitors;

·                                          future sales of our equity, equity-related or debt securities;

·                                          changes in the frequency or amount of dividends or share repurchases;

·                                          proposed or adopted regulatory changes or developments;

·                                          anticipated or pending investigations, proceedings, or litigation that involves or affects us;

·                                          trading activities in our common stock, including short-selling;

·                                          domestic and international economic factors unrelated to our performance; and

·                                          general market conditions and, in particular, developments related to market conditions for the financial services industry.

 

A significant decline in our stock price could result in substantial losses for individual shareholders.

 

We may not be able to maintain our historical growth rate which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

 

We have initiated internal asset growth programs, completed various acquisitions and opened additional offices in the past few years.  We may not be able to sustain our historical rate of asset growth or may not even be able to grow at all.  We may not be able to obtain the financing necessary to fund additional asset growth and may not be able to find suitable candidates for acquisition.  Various factors, such as economic conditions and competition, may impede or prohibit the opening of new branch offices.  Further, our inability to attract and retain experienced bankers may adversely affect our internal asset growth.  A significant decrease in our historical rate of asset growth may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

 

We may be unable to complete future acquisitions, and once complete, may not be able to integrate our acquisitions successfully.

 

Our growth strategy includes our desire to acquire other financial institutions.  We may not be able to complete any future acquisitions and, for completed acquisitions, we may not be able to successfully integrate the operations, management, products and services of the entities we acquire.  We may not realize expected cost savings

 

33



Table of Contents

 

or make revenue enhancements.  Following each acquisition, we must expend substantial managerial, operating, financial and other resources to integrate these entities.  In particular, we may be required to install and standardize adequate operational and control systems, deploy or modify equipment, implement marketing efforts in new as well as existing locations and employ and maintain qualified personnel.  Our failure to successfully integrate the entities we acquire into our existing operations may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We operate in a highly regulated environment and may be adversely affected by changes in federal and local laws and regulations.

 

We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by federal and state banking authorities.  Any change in applicable regulations or federal or state legislation could have a substantial impact on us and our operations.  Additional legislation and regulations may be enacted or adopted in the future that could significantly affect our powers, authority and operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.  Further, regulators have significant discretion and power to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of laws by banks and bank holding companies in the performance of their supervisory and enforcement duties.  The exercise of this regulatory discretion and power may have a negative impact on us.

 

We are experiencing an influx of locally based competition that could affect near term results.

 

Recently, several new banks have opened in our service areas.  We are seeing price competition from these new banks, as they work to establish their markets.  The existence of competitors, large and small, is a normal and expected part of our operations, but in responding to the particular short-term impact on business of new entrants to the marketplace, we could see a negative impact on revenue and income.  Moreover, these near term impacts could be accentuated by the seasonal impact on revenue and income generated by the borrowing and deposit habits of the agricultural community that comprises a significant component of our customer base.

 

Because of our participation in the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”), we are subject to several restrictions, including restrictions on compensation paid to our executives.

 

Certain standards for executive compensation and corporate governance apply to us for the period during which the U.S. Treasury holds an equity position in us.  These standards generally apply to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the four next most highly compensated senior executive officers.  The standards include, among other things, ensuring that incentive compensation for senior executives does not encourage unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the financial institution; required clawback of any bonus or incentive compensation paid to a senior executive based on statements of earnings, gains or other criteria that are later proven to be materially inaccurate; prohibition on making golden parachute payments to senior executives; and agreement not to deduct for tax purposes, executive compensation in excess of $500,000 for each senior executive.  In particular, the change to the deductibility limit on executive compensation may increase the overall cost of our compensation programs in future periods.  Pursuant to the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the ‘‘Stimulus Bill’’), more commonly known as the economic stimulus recovery package, further compensation restrictions, including significant limitations on incentive compensation, have been imposed on our senior executive officers and most highly compensated employees. Such restrictions and any future restrictions on executive compensation, which may be adopted, could adversely affect our ability to hire and retain senior executive officers.

 

The terms of our outstanding Series A preferred stock limit our ability to pay dividends on and repurchase our common stock.

 

The Purchase Agreement between us and the U.S. Treasury provides that before the earlier of January 30, 2012 and the date on which all of the shares of the preferred stock have been redeemed by us or transferred by the U.S. Treasury to third parties, we may not, without consent of the U.S. Treasury, increase the annual cash dividend on our common stock above $0.10 per share, the amount of the last annual cash dividend per share declared prior to October 14, 2008, or subject to limited exceptions, redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire shares of our common stock or preferred stock other than the preferred stock.  In addition, we are unable to pay any dividends on our common stock unless we are current in our dividend payments on the preferred stock.  These restrictions, together with the potentially dilutive impact of the warrant issued to the U.S. Treasury, could have a negative effect on the value of our common stock.

 

34



Table of Contents

 

Our outstanding preferred stock impacts net income available to our common stockholders and earnings per common share, and the warrant issued to the U.S. Treasury may be dilutive to holders of our common stock.

 

The dividends declared and the accretion on our outstanding preferred stock will reduce the net income available to common stockholders and our earnings per common share.  The preferred stock will also receive preferential treatment in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up.  Additionally, the ownership interest of the existing holders of our common stock will be diluted to the extent the warrant issued to the U.S. Treasury is exercised.  The shares of common stock underlying the warrant represent approximately 0.84% of the shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2010 (including the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrant in total shares outstanding).  Although the U.S. Treasury has agreed not to vote any of the shares of common stock it receives upon exercise of the warrant, a transferee of any portion of the warrant or of any shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of the warrant is not bound by this restriction.

 

ITEM 2 -                                                 DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY.

 

The Company owns the property on which the Main Office, a full-service branch office, is located in Clovis, California.  In addition, the Company owns the property on which the Foothill Office, a full-service branch office, is located in Prather, California, and the property on which the Kerman Office, a full-service branch office, is located in Kerman, California.

 

All other property is leased by the Company, including the principal executive offices in Fresno.  This facility houses the Company’s corporate offices, comprised of various departments, including accounting, information services, human resources, real estate department, loan servicing, credit administration, SBA department, branch support operations, and compliance.

 

The Company continually evaluates the suitability and adequacy of the Company’s offices and has a program of relocating or remodeling them as necessary to be efficient and attractive facilities.  Management believes that its existing facilities are adequate for its present purposes.

 

Properties owned by the Bank are held without loans or encumbrances.  All of the property leased is leased directly from independent parties.  Management considers the terms and conditions of each of the existing leases to be in the aggregate favorable to the CompanySee Note 13 of the Company’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.

 

ITEM 3 -                                                 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

 

Regent Hotel Litigation

 

On May 1, 2008, Regent Hotel, LLC (“Regent”) filed a lawsuit in the Superior Court of California, County of Sacramento (the “Regent Litigation”).  Regent Hotel, LLC, a California limited liability company and subsidiary of Regent Development, Inc., a California corporation, filed the Regent Litigation naming as defendants First Bank, as the lead bank in a loan participation, and East West Bank and S1 Bank, which was acquired by the Bank on November 13, 2008, which are participating in the loan.  Regent claims that First Bank refused to fund a construction loan draw request and that East West Bank and S1 Bank interfered in the relationship between Regent and First Bank which affected the decision by First Bank not to fund the draw request.  Through its acquisition of S1 Bank, the Bank was a 9.915% participant in the amount of approximately $4,000,000.  Regent filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy in 2008.  The suit asked for actual and punitive damages in excess of $10,000,000.  In addition, certain contractors filed mechanics liens against Regent, under which S1 Bank was named in the complaint.  These complaints have been removed to the bankruptcy court.

 

In 2009, First Bank purchased the Bank’s participating interest in the Regent Hotel loan at a discount and indemnified the Bank against any further actions pursuant to the lawsuit.  Included in the merger consideration paid by the Company to acquire Service 1st was $3,500,000 which was placed into an escrow fund to protect the Company and the Bank from all losses and liabilities that related to the loan participation and/or the Regent Litigation.  Consequent to the Lead Bank buying the Bank’s position, the Bank collected $1,046,000 from the escrow fund to cover the portion of the loan that was not recovered, accrued and unpaid interest and other costs.

 

35



Table of Contents

 

In 2010, settlement agreements between all parties were signed and the bankruptcy court approved the settlement.  The appeal period is in effect until April 1, 2011.  If no party objects during the appeal period, the settlement will be finalized on April 1, 2011. The Bank was removed from the mechanics liens in 2010 after the Bank acknowledged it no longer had an interest in the property.

 

In accordance with the escrow agreement, once the litigation is completely satisfied the remaining balance in the escrow fund will be disbursed to former Service 1st shareholders after reimbursing the Bank for any legal and escrow costs.

 

The Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of business.  In the opinion of management, the amount of ultimate liability with respect to such actions will not materially affect the consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations of the Company.

 

None of our directors, officers, affiliates, more than 5% shareholder or any associates of these persons is a party adverse to the Company or the Bank or has a material interest adverse to the Company or the Bank in any material legal proceeding.

 

ITEM 4 -                                                 REMOVED AND RESERVED

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5 -                                               MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

 

Our common stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the ticket symbol CVCY.  As of March 7, 2011, we had approximately 746 shareholders of record.

 

The following table shows the high and low sales prices for the common stock for each quarter as reported by NASDAQ.

 

Common Stock Prices

 

 

 

Qtr 1

 

Qtr 2

 

Qtr 3

 

Qtr 4

 

Qtr 1

 

Qtr 2

 

Qtr 3

 

Qtr 4

 

 

 

2010

 

2010

 

2010

 

2010

 

2009

 

2009

 

2009

 

2009

 

High

 

$

6.10

 

$

8.25

 

$

6.44

 

$

6.00

 

$

7.34

 

$

5.98

 

$

5.90

 

$

5.75

 

Low

 

$

5.34

 

$

5.13

 

$

5.40

 

$

5.25

 

$

3.53

 

$

4.05

 

$

5.11

 

$

5.08

 

 

We did not pay a cash dividend in 2010 or 2009.   The Company’s primary source of income with which to pay cash dividends are dividends from the Bank.  The Bank would not pay any dividend that would cause it to be deemed not “well capitalized” under applicable banking laws and regulations.  See Note 13 in the audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.

 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Not Applicable

 

36



Table of Contents

 

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

 

The following chart sets forth information for the year ended December 31, 2010, regarding equity based compensation plans of the Company.

 

 

 

Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights

 

Weighted-
average exercise
price of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights

 

Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column
(a))

 

Plan Category

 

(a)

 

(b)

 

(c)

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

 

707,129

 

$

7.31

 

368,100

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Total

 

707,129

 

$

7.31

 

368,100

 

 

In 2010, options to purchase 15,200 shares of the Company’s common stock were granted from the 2000 Plan at an exercise price of $5.76 and options to purchase 67,800 shares of common stock were granted from the 2005 Plan at exercise prices between $5.30 and $5.76.  All options were granted with an exercise price equal to the market value on the grant date.

 

37



 

ITEM 6 — SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Statements of Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

36,013

 

$

40,734

 

$

31,845

 

$

32,566

 

$

30,932

 

Total interest expense

 

4,283

 

6,627

 

7,278

 

8,058

 

6,559

 

Net interest income before provision for credit losses

 

31,730

 

34,107

 

24,567

 

24,508

 

24,373

 

Provision for credit losses

 

3,800

 

10,514

 

1,290

 

480

 

800

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

 

27,930

 

23,593

 

23,277

 

24,028

 

23,573

 

Non-interest income

 

3,721

 

5,850

 

5,190

 

4,518

 

5,177

 

 

 

31,651

 

29,443

 

28,467

 

28,546

 

28,750

 

Non-interest expenses

 

28,741

 

27,531

 

20,976

 

19,099

 

18,541

 

Income before (benefit from) provision for income taxes

 

2,910

 

1,912

 

7,491

 

9,447

 

10,209

 

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

 

(369

)

(676

)

2,352

 

3,167

 

3,298

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

3,279

 

2,588

 

5,139

 

6,280

 

6,911

 

Preferred stock dividends and accretion of discount

 

395

 

365

 

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

2,884

 

$

2,223

 

$

5,139

 

$

6,280

 

$

6,911

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

0.31

 

$

0.29

 

$

0.83

 

$

1.05

 

$

1.16

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

0.31

 

$

0.28

 

$

0.79

 

$

0.99

 

$

1.07

 

Cash dividends declared per common share

 

$

 

$

 

$

0.10

 

$

0.10

 

$

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Balances at end of year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities, Federal funds sold and deposits in other banks

 

$

280,967

 

$

232,142

 

$

194,215

 

$

98,909

 

$

128,463

 

Net loans

 

420,583

 

449,007

 

477,015

 

337,241

 

318,853

 

Total deposits

 

650,495

 

640,167

 

635,058

 

402,562

 

440,627

 

Total assets

 

777,594

 

765,488

 

752,713

 

483,685

 

500,059

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

97,392

 

91,223

 

75,375

 

54,194

 

49,778

 

Earning assets

 

713,971

 

696,914

 

681,280

 

441,825

 

453,211

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average balances:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities, Federal funds sold and deposits in other banks

 

$

231,761

 

$

199,425

 

$

125,932

 

$

103,253

 

$

125,702

 

Net loans

 

444,418

 

473,850

 

362,333

 

327,665

 

300,591

 

Total deposits

 

636,166

 

632,263

 

445,285

 

417,691

 

414,310

 

Total assets

 

758,852

 

752,509

 

541,789

 

477,321

 

470,221

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

96,174

 

83,400

 

58,251

 

51,754

 

45,564

 

Earning assets

 

672,804

 

671,906

 

492,414

 

436,564

 

431,368

 

 

Data from 2008 reflects the partial year impact of the acquisition of Service 1st Bancorp and its subsidiary, Service 1st Bank.

 

 

38


 


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 7-MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OR PLAN OF OPERATION.

 

Management’s discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements, including the Notes thereto, in Item 8 of this Annual Report.

 

Certain matters discussed in this report constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  All statements contained herein that are not historical facts, such as statements regarding the Company’s current business strategy and the Company’s plans for future development and operations, are based upon current expectations.  These statements are forward-looking in nature and involve a number of risks and uncertainties.  Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to (1) significant increases in competitive pressure in the banking industry; (2) the impact of changes in interest rates, a decline in economic conditions at the international, national or local level on the Company’s results of operations, the Company’s ability to continue its internal growth at historical rates, the Company’s ability to maintain its net interest margin, and the quality of the Company’s earning assets; (3) changes in the regulatory environment; (4) fluctuations in the real estate market; (5) changes in business conditions and inflation; (6) changes in securities markets (7) risks associated with acquisitions, relating to difficulty in integrating combined operations and related negative impact on earnings, and incurrence of substantial expenses.  Therefore, the information set forth in such forward-looking statements should be carefully considered when evaluating the business prospects of the Company.

 

When the Company uses in this Annual Report the words “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project,” “intend,” “commit,” “believe” and similar expressions, the Company intends to identify forward-looking statements.  Such statements are not guarantees of performance and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in this Annual Report.  Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated, expected, projected, intended, committed or believed.  The future results and shareholder values of the Company may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements.  Many of the factors that will determine these results and values are beyond the Company’s ability to control or predict. For those statements, the Company claims the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  See also risk factors discussed in Item 1A Risk Factors in the Company’s December 31, 2010 Form 10-K.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

Central Valley Community Bancorp (NASDAQ: CVCY) (the Company) was incorporated on February 7, 2000.  The formation of the holding company offered the Company more flexibility in meeting the long-term needs of customers, shareholders, and the communities it serves.  The Company currently has one bank subsidiary, Central Valley Community Bank (the Bank) and one business trust subsidiary, Service 1st Capital Trust 1.  The Bank of Madera County (BMC) was merged with and into the Bank on January 1, 2005.  BMC had two branches in Madera County which continue to be operated by the Bank.  After the close of business on November 12, 2008, Service 1st Bancorp (Service 1st) was merged with and into the Company, and Service 1st Bank was merged with and into the Bank.  Service 1st Bank had three branches in Stockton, Tracy, and Lodi which continue to be operated by the Bank.  Service 1st Capital Trust 1 (the Trust) is a business trust formed for the purpose of issuing trust preferred securities.  The Company succeeded to all the rights and obligations of Service 1st in connection with the acquisition of Service 1st.  The Trust is a subsidiary of the Company. The Company’s market area includes the central valley area from Sacramento, California to Bakersfield, California.

 

During 2010, we focused on asset quality and capital adequacy due to the uncertainty created by the economy.  We also focused on assuring that competitive products and services were made available to our clients while adjusting to the many new laws and regulations that affect the banking industry. In 2010, the Company expanded the existing Modesto loan production office opened in 2007, into a larger full-service branch. In 2009, we opened a new full service office in Merced, California and relocated our Oakhurst office to a new smaller facility in a more desirable location.  During 2008 the Company acquired Service 1st Bancorp and its banking subsidiary adding three strategically located branches and we relocated our Herndon and Fowler branch from an in-store location to a new larger facility.  During 2007, we relocated our Kerman branch to a new larger facility.  During 2006, the Bank opened two full service retail offices in Fresno, one in the downtown area and one in the Sunnyside area of Fresno.  In 2006, the Company consolidated its administrative offices into a single location in Fresno and opened a limited service branch there.  The Bank now operates 17 full-service offices.  The Bank has a Real Estate Division, an Agribusiness Center and an SBA Lending Division in Fresno.  All real estate related transactions are conducted and processed through the Real Estate Division, including interim construction loans for single family residences and commercial buildings.  We offer permanent single family residential loans through our mortgage broker services.

 

ECONOMIC CONDITIONS

 

The economy in California’s Central Valley has been negatively impacted by the recession that began in 2007 and the related real estate market and the slowdown in residential construction. The recession has impacted most industries in our market area.  During the past three years, housing values throughout the nation and especially in the Central Valley have decreased dramatically, which in turn has negatively affected the personal net worth of much of the population in our service area.  Housing in the Central Valley continues to be relatively more affordable than the major metropolitan areas in California.

 

39



 

Table of Contents

 

Agriculture and agricultural related businesses remain a critical part of the Central Valley’s economy.  The Valley’s agricultural production is widely diversified, producing nuts, vegetables, fruit, cattle, dairy products, and cotton.  The continued future success of agriculture related businesses is highly dependant on the availability of water and is subject to fluctuation in worldwide commodity prices and demand.

 

OVERVIEW

 

Diluted earnings per share (EPS) for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $0.31compared to $0.28 and $0.79 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Net income for 2010 was $3,279,000 compared to $2,588,000 and $5,139,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  The increase in net income and EPS was primarily driven by lower provision for credit losses, partially offset by decreases in net interest income and non-interest income, and an increase in non-interest expenses in 2010 compared to 2009. Total assets at December 31, 2010 were $777,594,000 compared to $765,488,000 at December 31, 2009.

 

Return on average equity for 2010 was 3.41% compared to 3.10% and 8.82% for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Return on average assets for 2010 was 0.43% compared to 0.34% and 0.95% for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Total equity was $97,391,000 at December 31, 2010 compared to $91,223,000 at December 31, 2009.  The increase in assets and equity in 2010 compared to 2009 is due to an increase in deposits and increases in other comprehensive income and retained earnings and the exercise of stock options.  The increase in 2009 assets and equity compared to 2008 was mainly due to capital raising activities including our participation in the Treasury Capital Purchase Program under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act under which the Company issued preferred stock and a Warrant to issue common stock in consideration of $7,000,000 and the private sale of equity to certain accredited investors who purchased preferred and common shares for a total of $8,000,000.

 

Average total loans decreased $27,118,000 or 5.62% to $455,340,000 in 2010 compared to $482,458,000 in 2009.  In 2010, we recorded a provision for credit losses of $3,800,000 compared to $10,514,000 in 2009 and $1,290,000 in 2008.  The Company had nonperforming assets totaling $19,984,000 at December 31, 2010.  Nonperforming assets included nonaccrual loans totaling $18,561,000, other real estate owned of $1,325,000 and $98,000 in other assets.  At December 31, 2009 nonperforming assets totaled $21,838,000 consisting of $18,959,000 in nonaccrual loans, other real estate owned of $2,832,000 and $47,000 in other assets.  Net charge-offs for 2010 were $2,986,000 compared to $7,537,000 for 2009 and $740,000 for 2008.  Refer to “Asset Quality” below for further information.

 

Key Factors in Evaluating Financial Condition and Operating Performance

 

As a publicly traded community bank holding company, we focus on several key factors including:

 

·                  Return to our stockholders;

·                  Return on average assets;

·                  Development of core earnings, including net interest income and non-interest income;

·                  Asset quality;

·                  Asset growth;

·                  Capital adequacy;

·                  Operating efficiency; and

·                  Liquidity

 

Return to Our Stockholders

 

Our return to our stockholders is measured in a ratio that measures the return on average equity (ROE).  Our ROE was 3.41% for the year ended 2010 compared to 3.10% and 8.82% for the years ended 2009 and 2008, respectively.  In 2010, compared to 2009 we experienced an increase in net income and an increase in capital due to increases in other comprehensive income and retained earnings, and the exercise of stock options.  During 2009, compared to 2008 we experienced a decrease in our net income and an overall increase in the level of capital due to the issuance of preferred stock in connection with the U. S. Treasury Capital Purchase Program, and a private placement of our common and preferred stock.

 

Our net income for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased $691,000 compared to 2009.  Net income decreased $2,551,000 for 2009 compared to 2008 and decreased $1,141,000 for 2008 compared to 2007.  During 2010 net income increased primarily due to a decrease in the provision for credit losses partially offset by decreases in net interest income and non-interest income, and an increase in non-interest expenses in 2010 compared to 2009.  Net interest income decreased because interest income decreased more relative to the decrease in interest expense.  Non-interest income decreased due to an increase in Other-Than-Temporary-Impairment (OTTI) charges of $1,587,000, a decrease in net realized gains on sales and calls of investment securities of $657,000 and a decrease in customer service charges of $284,000.

 

40



Table of Contents

 

Non-interest expenses increased in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily due to increases in OREO expenses of $592,000, legal fees of $165,000, and salaries and employee benefits of $945,000, partially offset by decreases in regulatory assessments of $413,000 and data processing expenses of $119,000.  The 2009 period included a $353,000 FDIC one-time special assessment in addition to the recurring regulatory assessments. During 2010, our net interest margin (NIM) decreased 36 basis points compared to 2009.  Basic EPS was $0.31 for 2010 compared to $0.29 and $0.83 for 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Diluted EPS was $0.31 for 2010 compared to $0.28 and $0.79 for 2009 and 2008, respectively.  The increase in EPS in 2010 was due primarily to the increase in net income.

 

Return on Average Assets

 

Our return on average assets (ROA) is a ratio that measures our performance compared with other banks and bank holding companies.  Our ROA for the year ended 2010 was 0.43% compared to 0.34% and 0.95% for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  The 2010 increase in ROA is due to the increase in net income partially offset by an increase in average assets.  Annualized ROA for our peer group was -0.26% at September 30, 2010.  Peer group information from SNL Financial data includes bank holding companies in central California with assets from $300M to $950M that are not subchapter S corporations.

 

Development of Core Earnings

 

Over the past several years, we have focused on not only our net income, but improving the consistency of our core earnings in order to create more predictable future earnings and reduce the effect of changes in our operating environment on our net income.  Specifically, we have focused on net interest income through a variety of processes, including increases in average interest-earning assets through loan generation and retention.  We minimized the effects of the recent interest rate decline on our net interest margin by focusing on core deposits and managing the cost of funds.  Our net interest margin (fully tax equivalent basis) was 4.95% for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to 5.31% and 5.13% for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  The decrease in net interest margin compared to 2009 is principally due to a decrease in our yield on earning assets which was greater than the decrease in our cost of funds.  In comparing the two periods, the effective yield on total earning assets decreased 71 basis points, while the cost of total interest-bearing liabilities decreased 45 basis points and the cost of total deposits decreased 35 basis points.  Our cost of total deposits in 2010 was 0.58% compared to 0.93% for the same period in 2009 and 1.42% for the year ended December 31, 2008.  Our net interest income before provision for credit losses decreased $2,377,000 or 6.97% to $31,730,000 for the year ended 2010 compared to $34,107,000 and $24,567,000 for the years ended 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

Our non-interest income is generally made up of service charges and fees on deposit accounts, fee income from loan placements, appreciation in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance, and net gains from sales and calls of investment securities.  Non-interest income in 2010 decreased 2,129,000 or 36.39% to $3,721,000 compared to $5,850,000 in 2009 and $5,190,000 in 2008.  Customer service charges decreased $284,000 or 8.09% to $3,225,000 in 2010 compared to $3,509,000 and $3,350,000 in 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Further detail on non-interest income is provided below.

 

Asset Quality

 

For all banks and bank holding companies, asset quality has a significant impact on the overall financial condition and results of operations.  Asset quality is measured in terms of percentage of total loans and total assets, and is a key element in estimating the future earnings of a company.  Total nonperforming assets were $19,984,000 and $21,838,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Nonperforming assets included nonaccrual loans totaling $18,561,000 or 4.30% of gross loans as of December 31, 2010 and $18,959,000 or 4.13% of gross loans as of December 31, 2009.  At December 31, 2010, other nonperforming assets included other real estate owned totaling $1,325,000 and other assets of $98,000 compared to $2,832,000 and $47,000 on December 31, 2009, respectively. Management maintains certain loans that have been brought current by the borrower (less than 30 days delinquent) on nonaccrual status until such time as management has determined that the loans are likely to remain current in future periods.

 

Asset Growth

 

As revenues from both net interest income and non-interest income are a function of asset size, the continued growth in assets has a direct impact in increasing net income and therefore ROE and ROA.  The majority of our assets are loans and investment securities, and the majority of our liabilities are deposits, and therefore the ability to generate deposits as a funding source for loans and investments is fundamental to our asset growth.  Total assets increased 1.58% during 2010 to $777,594,000 as of December 31, 2010 from $765,488,000 as of December 31, 2009.  Total gross loans decreased 6.01% to $431,597,000 as of December 31, 2010, compared to $459,207,000 at December 31, 2009.  Total investment securities and Federal funds sold decreased 2.87% to $191,925,000 as of December 31, 2010 compared to $197,598,000 as of December 31, 2009.  Total deposits increased 1.61% to $650,495,000 as of December 31, 2010 compared to $640,167,000 as of December 31, 2009.  Our loan to deposit ratio at December 31, 2010 was 66.35% compared to 71.73% at December 31, 2009.  The loan to deposit ratio of our peers was 82.47% at September 30, 2010.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

Capital Adequacy

 

At December 31, 2010, we had a total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 15.42%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 14.16% and a leverage ratio of 9.48%.  At December 31, 2009, we had a total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 13.54%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 12.28% and a leverage ratio of 9.30%.  At December 31, 2010, on a stand-alone basis, the Bank had a total risk-based capital ratio of 15.19%, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of 13.92% and a leverage ratio of 9.32%.  At December 31, 2009, the Bank had a total risk-based capital ratio of 13.38%, Tier 1 risk-based capital of 12.12% and a leverage ratio of 9.20%.  The improvement in 2010 is due to an increase in risk adjusted capital while risk weighted assets decreased.  Note 12 of the audited Consolidated Financial Statements provides more detailed information concerning the Company’s capital amounts and ratios.

 

Operating Efficiency

 

Operating efficiency is the measure of how efficiently earnings before taxes are generated as a percentage of revenue.  A lower ration is better.  The Company’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses, excluding amortization of intangibles and foreclosed property expense, divided by net interest income plus non-interest income, excluding net gains and losses from sale of securities) was 73.18% for 2010 compared to 67.31% for 2009 and 70.10% for 2008.  The decline in the efficiency ratio in 2010 is due to an increase in operating expenses and a decrease in net interest income.  The efficiency ratio in 2009 improved due to an increase in net interest income and non-interest income.  The deterioration in the efficiency ratio in 2008 was due to the increase in operating expenses due to our acquisition and expansion in 2008.  The Company’s net interest income before provision for credit losses plus non-interest income decreased 11.2% to $35,451,000 in 2010 compared to $39,957,000 in 2009 and $29,757,000 in 2008, while operating expenses increased 4.40% in 2010, 31.25% in 2009, and 9.8% in 2008.

 

Liquidity

 

Liquidity management involves our ability to meet cash flow requirements arising from fluctuations in deposit levels and demands of daily operations, which include providing for customers’ credit needs, funding of securities purchases, and ongoing repayment of borrowings. Our liquidity is actively managed on a daily basis and reviewed periodically by our management and Directors’ Asset/Liability Committee. This process is intended to ensure the maintenance of sufficient funds to meet our needs, including adequate cash flow for off-balance sheet commitments. Our primary sources of liquidity are derived from financing activities which include the acceptance of customer and, to a lesser extent, broker deposits, Federal funds facilities and advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco.  We have available unsecured lines of credit with correspondent banks totaling approximately $39,000,000 and secured borrowing lines of approximately $114,659,000 with the Federal Home Loan Bank. These funding sources are augmented by collection of principal and interest on loans, the routine maturities and pay downs of securities from our investment securities portfolio, the stability of our core deposits, and the ability to sell investment securities.  Primary uses of funds include origination and purchases of loans, withdrawals of and interest payments on deposits, purchases of investment securities, and payment of operating expenses.

 

We had liquid assets (cash and due from banks, interest-earning deposits in other banks, Federal funds sold and available-for-sale securities) totaling $292,324,000 or 37.59% of total assets at December 31, 2010 and $245,999,000 or 32.14% of total assets as of December 31, 2009.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Net Income

 

Net income was $3,279,000 in 2010 compared to $2,588,000 and $5,139,000 in 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Basic earnings per share was $0.31, $0.29, and $0.83 for 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.  Diluted earnings per share was $0.31, $0.28, and $0.79 for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  ROE was 3.41% for 2010 compared to 3.10% for 2009 and 8.82% for 2008.  ROA for 2010 was 0.43% compared to 0.34% for 2009 and 0.95% for 2008.

 

The increase in net income for 2010 compared to 2009 can be attributed to the decrease in the provision for credit losses, partially offset by decreases in net interest income and non-interest income, and an increase non-interest expenses and a decrease in the benefit from income taxes. The decrease in net interest income for 2010 compared to 2009 was due primarily to the 36 basis point reduction in the net interest margin. The decrease in net income for 2009 compared to 2008 was due mainly to increases in the provision for credit losses and non-interest expenses, partially offset by increases in net interest income and non-interest income, and a decrease in the provision for income taxes.

 

Interest Income and Expense

 

Net interest income is the most significant component of our income from operations.  Net interest income (the interest rate spread) is the difference between the gross interest and fees earned on the loan and investment portfolios and the interest paid on deposits and other borrowings.  Net interest income depends on the volume of and interest rate earned on interest-earning assets and the volume of and interest rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

 

The following table sets forth a summary of average balances with corresponding interest income and interest expense as well as average yield and cost information for the periods presented.  Average balances are derived from daily balances, and nonaccrual loans are not included as interest-earning assets for purposes of this table.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

SCHEDULE OF AVERAGE BALANCES AND AVERAGE YIELDS AND RATES

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2010

 

Year Ended December 31, 2009

 

 

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest
Income/
Expense

 

Average
Interest
Rate

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest
Income/
Expense

 

Average
Interest
Rate

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning deposits in other banks

 

$

42,047

 

$

110

 

0.26

%

$

3,008

 

$

8

 

0.27

%

Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable securities

 

124,163

 

5,472

 

4.41

%

114,465

 

7,701

 

6.73

%

Non-taxable securities (1)

 

64,838

 

4,605

 

7.10

%

64,325

 

4,632

 

7.20

%

Total investment securities

 

189,001

 

10,077

 

5.33

%

178,790

 

12,333

 

6.90

%

Federal funds sold

 

713

 

2

 

0.28

%

17,627

 

48

 

0.27

%

Total securities

 

231,761

 

10,189

 

4.40

%

199,425

 

12,389

 

6.21

%

Loans (2) (3)

 

437,959

 

27,390

 

6.25

%

469,341

 

29,920

 

6.37

%

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

3,084

 

11

 

0.36

%

3,140

 

7

 

0.22

%

Total interest-earning assets

 

672,804

 

$

37,590

 

5.59

%

671,906

 

$

42,316

 

6.30

%

Allowance for credit losses

 

(10,922

)

 

 

 

 

(8,608

)

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual loans

 

17,381

 

 

 

 

 

13,117

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate owned

 

2,972

 

 

 

 

 

2,553

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

16,479

 

 

 

 

 

17,401

 

 

 

 

 

Bank premises and equipment

 

6,089

 

 

 

 

 

6,629

 

 

 

 

 

Other non-earning assets

 

54,049

 

 

 

 

 

49,511

 

 

 

 

 

Total average assets

 

$

758,852

 

 

 

 

 

$

752,509

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings and NOW accounts

 

$

142,350

 

$

498

 

0.35

%

$

131,818

 

$

771

 

0.58

%

Money market accounts

 

157,761

 

1,036

 

0.66

%

136,104

 

1,262

 

0.93

%

Time certificates of deposit, under $100,000

 

69,066

 

866

 

1.25

%

90,614

 

1,922

 

2.12

%

Time certificates of deposit, $100,000 and over

 

114,043

 

1,313

 

1.15

%

120,579

 

1,912

 

1.59

%

Total interest-bearing deposits

 

483,220

 

3,713

 

0.77

%

479,115

 

5,867

 

1.22

%

Other borrowed funds

 

19,634

 

570

 

2.90

%

29,987

 

760

 

2.53

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

502,854

 

$

4,283

 

0.85

%

509,102

 

$

6,627

 

1.30

%

Non-interest bearing demand deposits

 

152,946

 

 

 

 

 

153,148

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

6,878

 

 

 

 

 

6,859

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

96,174

 

 

 

 

 

83,400

 

 

 

 

 

Total average liabilities and shareholder’s equity

 

$

758,852

 

 

 

 

 

$

752,509

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income and rate earned on average earning assets

 

 

 

$

37,590

 

5.59

%

 

 

$

42,316

 

6.30

%

Interest expense and interest cost related to average interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

4,283

 

0.85

%

 

 

6,627

 

1.30

%

Net interest income and net interest margin (4)

 

 

 

$

33,307

 

4.95

%

 

 

$

35,689

 

5.31

%

 


(1)         Calculated on a fully tax equivalent basis, which includes Federal tax benefits relating to income earned on municipal bonds totaling $1,566 and $1,575 in 2010 and 2009, respectively.

(2)         Loan interest income includes loan fees of $460 in 2010 and $544 in 2009.

(3)         Average loans do not include nonaccrual loans.

(4)         Net interest margin is computed by dividing net interest income by total average interest-earning assets.

 

43



Table of Contents

 

Interest and fee income from loans decreased $2,530,000 or 8.46% in 2010 compared to 2009.  Interest and fee income increased $4,289,000 or 16.73% in 2009 compared to 2008.  The decrease in 2010 is attributable to a decrease in average total loans outstanding and a 12 basis point decrease in the yield on loans.  The increase in 2009 is attributable to an increase in average total loans outstanding combined with a 69 basis point decrease in yield on loans in 2009 compared to 2008.  Average total loans for 2010 decreased $27,118,000 to $455,340,000 compared to $482,458,000 for 2009 and $367,009,000 for 2008.  The yield on loans for 2010 was 6.25% compared to 6.37% and 7.06% for 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

Interest income from total investments, (total investments include investment securities, Federal funds sold, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, and other securities) not on a fully tax equivalent basis, decreased $2,191,000 or 20.26% in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily due to a $32,336,000 increase in the average balance to $231,761,000 in 2010 compared to $199,425,000 in 2009, coupled with a decrease in yield on investments of 181 basis points.  In 2009, total investment income increased $4,600,000  or 74.02% from 2008 primarily due to a 58.36% increase in the average balances of these investments and a 82 basis point increase in the yields earned.  Average total investments for 2009 were $199,425,000 compared to $125,932,000, for 2008.  The increase in the investment portfolio in 2009 was due primarily to the acquisition of Service 1st.

 

A significant portion of the investment portfolio is mortgage-backed securities (MBS) and collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs).  At December 31, 2010, we held $107,915,000 or 56.40% of the total market value of the investment portfolio in MBS and CMOs with an average yield of 4.42%.   We invest in Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMO) and Mortgage Backed Securities, (MBS) as part of the overall strategy to increase our net interest margin.  CMOs and MBS by their nature react to changes in interest rates.  In a normal declining rate environment, prepayments from MBS and CMOs would be expected to increase and the expected life of the investment would be expected to shorten.  Conversely, if interest rates increase, prepayments normally would be expected to decline and the average life of the MBS and CMOs would be expected to extend.  However, in the current economic environment, prepayments may not behave according to historical norms.  Premium amortization and discount accretion of these investments affects our net interest income.  Our management monitors the prepayment speed of these investments and adjusts premium amortization and discount accretion based on several factors.  These factors include the type of investment, the investment structure, interest rates, interest rates on new mortgage loans, expectation of interest rate changes, current economic conditions, the level of principal remaining on the bond, the bond coupon rate, the bond origination date, and volume of available bonds in market.  The calculation of premium amortization and discount accretion is by nature inexact, and represents management’s best estimate of principal pay downs inherent in the total investment portfolio.

 

The net of tax effect value of the change in market value of the available-for-sale investment portfolio was a gain of $967,000 and is reflected in the Company’s equity.  At December 31, 2010, the average life of the investment portfolio was 7.4 years and the market value reflected a pre-tax gain of $1,643,000.  Management reviews market value declines on individual investment securities to determine whether they represent other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) and recorded a $1,587,000 OTTI loss for the year ended December 31, 2010.  Future deterioration in the market values of our investment securities may require the Company to recognize additional OTTI losses.

 

A component of the Company’s strategic plan has been to use its investment portfolio to offset, in part, its interest rate risk relating to variable rate loans.  At December 31, 2010, an immediate rate increase of 200 basis points would result in an estimated decrease in the market value of the investment portfolio by approximately $14,516,000.  Conversely, with an immediate rate decrease of 200 basis points, the estimated increase in the market value of the investment portfolio is $10,284,000.  The modeling environment assumes management would take no action during an immediate shock of 200 basis points.  The likelihood of immediate changes of 200 basis points is contrary to expectation, as evidenced by the historical changes in interest rates that occurred in 2007 and 2008, which were in 25, 50 and 75 basis point increments.  However, the Company uses those increments to measure its interest rate risk in accordance with regulatory requirements and to measure the possible future risk in the investment portfolio.  For further discussion of the Company’s market risk, refer to Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

 

Management’s review of all investments before purchase includes an analysis of how the security will perform under several interest rate scenarios to monitor whether investments are consistent with our investment policy.  The policy addresses issues of average life, duration, and concentration guidelines, prohibited investments, impairment, and prohibited practices.

 

Total interest income in 2010 decreased $4,721,000 to $36,013,000 compared to $40,734,000 in 2009 and $31,845,000 in 2008.  The decrease was due to the 71 basis point decrease in the tax equivalent yield on average interest earning assets and a change in the mix of interest earning assets.  The yield on interest earning assets decreased to 5.59% for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 6.30% for the year ended December 31, 2009.  Average interest earning assets increased slightly to $672,804,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $671,906,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009.  Average interest-earning deposits in other banks increased $39,039,000 comparing 2010 to 2009.  Average yield on these deposits was 0.26%.  Average Investments increased $10,211,000 but the tax equivalent yield on average investments decreased 181 basis points.  Average loans decreased $27,118,000 and the yield on average loans decreased 12 basis points.

 

The increase in total interest income in 2009 was due to the 36.5% increase in the average balance of interest-earning assets partially offset by the 31 basis point decrease in the yield on those assets.  The yield on interest-earning assets decreased to 6.30% for the year ended December 31, 2009 from 6.61% for the year ended December 31, 2008.  Average interest-earning assets increased to $671,906,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $492,414,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008.  The $179,492,000 increase in average earning assets in 2009 can be attributed to the Service 1st acquisition.

 

44



 

Table of Contents

 

Interest expense on deposits in 2010 decreased $2,154,000 or 36.71% to $3,713,000 compared to $5,867,000 in 2009 and $6,340,000 in 2008.  The decrease in interest expense in 2010 compared to 2009 was primarily due to the repricing of interest-bearing deposits which decreased 45 basis points to 0.77% in 2010 from 1.22% in 2009.  This decrease was partially offset by a $4,105,000 or 0.86% increase in average interest-bearing deposits.  The decrease in interest expense in 2009 compared to 2008 was due to repricing of interest-bearing deposits, which decreased 81 basis points to 1.22% in 2009 from 2.03% in 2008, as a result of the decreases in the Federal funds interest rate.  Average interest-bearing deposits were $483,220,000 for 2010 compared to $479,115,000 and $313,541,000 for 2009 and 2008, respectively.  The increases in average interest-bearing deposits in 2009 and 2008 were the result of our own organic growth and the acquisition of Service 1st in November 2008.

 

Average other borrowings decreased to $19,634,000 with an effective rate of 2.90% for 2010 compared to $29,987,000 with an effective rate of 2.53% for 2009.  In 2008, the average other borrowings were $32,526,000 with an effective rate of 2.89%.  Included in other borrowings are the junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures acquired from Service 1st, advances on lines of credit and advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB).  The FHLB advances are fixed rate short-term and long-term borrowings.  Advances were utilized as part of a leveraged strategy in the first quarter of 2008 to purchase investment securities.  The effective rate of the FHLB advances was 3.20% for 2010 and 3.08% for 2009 and 2008.

 

The cost of all of our interest-bearing liabilities decreased 45 basis points to 0.85% for 2010 compared to 1.30% for 2009 and 2.11% for 2008.  The cost of total deposits decreased to 0.58% for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to 0.93% and 1.42% for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Average demand deposits decreased 0.13% to $152,946,000 in 2010 compared to $153,148,000 for 2009 and $131,744,000 for 2008. The ratio of non-interest demand deposits to total deposits decreased to 24.04% for 2010 compared to 24.22% and 29.59% for 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

Net Interest Income before Provision for Credit Losses

 

Net interest income before provision for credit losses for 2010 decreased $2,377,000 or 6.97% to $31,730,000 compared to $34,107,000 for 2009 and $24,567,000 for 2008.  The decrease in 2010 was due to the 36 basis point decrease in our net interest margin (NIM). Yield on interest earning assets decreased 71 basis points while the effective rate on interest bearing liabilities only decreased 45 basis points.  The change in the mix of average interest earning assets also affected NIM.  Interest-earning deposits in other banks and investment securities, which tend to have lower effective yields, increased while higher yielding loans decreased as previously discussed.  Net interest income before provision for credit losses increased $9,540,000 in 2009 compared to 2008 mainly due to an increase in average total interest-earning assets of 36.5% along with an 18 basis point increase in our NIM partially offset by an increase in interest-bearing liabilities of 47.1%.  Average interest-earning assets were $672,804,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 with a net interest margin (NIM) of 4.95% compared to $671,906,000 with a NIM of 5.31% in 2009, and $492,414,000 with a NIM of 5.13% in 2008.  For a discussion of the repricing of our assets and liabilities, refer to Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk.

 

Provision for Credit Losses

 

We provide for probable credit losses by a charge to operating income based upon the composition of the loan portfolio, delinquency levels, losses and nonperforming assets, economic and environmental conditions and other factors which, in management’s judgment, deserve recognition in estimating credit losses.  Loans are charged off when they are considered uncollectible or of such little value that continuance as an active earning bank asset is not warranted.

 

The establishment of an adequate credit allowance is based on both an accurate risk rating system and loan portfolio management tools.  The Board has established initial responsibility for the accuracy of credit risk grades with the individual credit officer.  The grading is then submitted to the Chief Credit Administrator (CCA), who reviews the grades for accuracy and gives final approval.  The CCA is not involved in loan originations.  The risk grading and reserve allocation is analyzed quarterly by the CCA and the Board and at least annually by a third party credit reviewer and by various regulatory agencies.

 

Quarterly, the CCA sets the specific reserve for all adversely risk-graded credits.  This process includes the utilization of loan delinquency reports, classified asset reports, and portfolio concentration reports to assist in accurately assessing credit risk and establishing appropriate reserves.  Reserves are also allocated to credits that are not impaired.

 

The allowance for credit losses is reviewed at least quarterly by the Board’s Audit/Compliance Committee and by the Board of Directors.  Reserves are allocated to loan portfolio categories using percentages which are based on both historical risk elements such as delinquencies and losses and predictive risk elements such as economic, competitive and environmental factors.  We have adopted the specific reserve approach to allocate reserves to each impaired asset for the purpose of estimating potential loss exposure.  Although the allowance for credit losses is allocated to various portfolio categories, it is general in nature and available for the loan portfolio in its entirety.  Additions may be required based on the results of independent loan portfolio examinations, regulatory agency examinations, or our own internal review process.  Additions are also required when, in management’s judgment, the allowance does not properly reflect the portfolio’s potential loss exposure.

 

45



Table of Contents

 

The allocation of the allowance for credit losses is set forth below:

 

Loan Type (Dollars in Thousands) 

 

December 31, 2010

 

% of
Total
Loans

 

December 31, 2009

 

% of
Total
Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial & industrial

 

$

2,425

 

24.1

%

$

2,909

 

23.5

%

Agricultural land and production

 

405

 

9.0

%

708

 

7.8

%

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

1,978

 

25.9

%

1,382

 

24.1

%

Real estate-construction and other land loans

 

1,808

 

7.4

%

836

 

10.3

%

Commercial real estate

 

1,387

 

14.7

%

1,131

 

15.7

%

Other

 

1,594

 

8.9

%

1,300

 

8.4

%

Total real estate

 

6,767

 

56.9

%

4,649

 

58.5

%

Equity loans and lines of credit

 

797

 

8.0

%

334

 

7.8

%

Consumer & installment

 

382

 

2.0

%

423

 

2.4

%

Unallocated reserves

 

238

 

 

 

1,177

 

 

 

Total allowance for credit losses

 

$

11,014

 

 

 

$

10,200

 

 

 

 

Loans are charged to the allowance for credit losses when the loans are deemed uncollectible.  It is the policy of management to make additions to the allowance so that it remains adequate to cover all probable loan charge-offs that exist in the portfolio at that time. In 2010 enhanced methodology enabled us to assign qualitative and quantitative factors (Q factors) to each loan category resulting in a decrease in unallocated reserves. Q factors include reserves held for the effects of lending policies, economic trends, and portfolio trends along with other dynamics which may cause additional stress to the portfolio. The unallocated reserves as of December 31, 2009 were higher because Q factors were applied to the portfolio as a whole.

 

Managing credits identified through the risk evaluation methodology includes developing a business strategy with the customer to mitigate our potential losses.  Management continues to monitor these credits with a view to identifying as early as possible when, and to what extent, additional provisions may be necessary.

 

The provisions for credit losses in 2010, 2009 and 2008 were $3,800,000, $10,514,000, and $1,290,000, respectively.  These provisions are primarily the result of our assessment of the overall adequacy of the allowance for credit losses considering a number of factors as discussed in the “Allowance for Credit Losses” section below.  During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company had net charge offs totaling $2,986,000 compared to $7,537,000 and $740,000 for the same periods in 2009 and 2008, respectively.  The decrease in provision for credit losses in 2010 compared to 2009 resulted from a decrease in the level of outstanding loans and a decrease in net charge offs.  The net charge off ratio, which reflects net charge-offs to average loans, was 0.66%, 1.56% and 0.20% for 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

 

Nonperforming loans were $18,561,000 and $18,959,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans were 4.30% at December 31, 2010 compared to 4.13% at December 31, 2009.  Other real estate owned at December 31, 2010 was $1,325,000 net of a valuation allowance of $309,000 compared to $2,832,000 net of a valuation allowance of $356,000 in 2009.

 

Losses in the commercial and industrial and real estate segments of the loan portfolio in 2010 decreased compared to 2009.  We had loans past due, not including non accrual loans, totaling $3,421,000 at December 31, 2010 compared to $3,522,000 at December 31, 2009.  Losses in the loan portfolio and non-accruing balances remain elevated relative to historical periods and an increase in the level of charge-offs and the number and dollar volume of past due and nonperforming loans may result in further provisions to the allowance for credit losses.

 

We believe the significant economic downturn that has continued throughout 2010 has had a considerable impact on the ability of certain borrowers to satisfy their obligations, resulting in loan downgrades and corresponding increases in credit loss provisions.  Additionally, we estimate the impact certain economic factors will have on various credits within the portfolio.  Negative economic trends contributed substantially to increases in the required allowance to cover potential losses in the loan portfolio resulting in additional provisions.

 

We anticipate weakness in economic conditions on national, state and local levels to continue.  Continued economic pressures may negatively impact the financial condition of borrowers to whom the Company has extended credit and as a result we may be required to make further significant provisions to the allowance for credit losses in the future.  We have been and will continue to be proactive in looking for signs of deterioration within the loan portfolio in an effort to manage credit quality and work with borrowers where possible to mitigate any further losses.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

As of December 31, 2010, we believe, based on all current and available information, the allowance for credit losses is adequate to absorb current estimable losses within the loan portfolio.  However, no assurance can be given that we may not sustain charge-offs which are in excess of the allowance in any given period.  Refer to “Allowance for Credit Losses” below for further information.

 

Net Interest Income after Provision for Credit Losses

 

Net interest income, after the provision for credit losses of $3,800,000 in 2010, $10,514,000 in 2009, and $1,290,000 in 2008, was $27,930,000 for 2010 compared to $23,593,000 and $23,277,000 for 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

Non-Interest Income

 

Non-interest income is comprised of customer service charges, gains on sales and calls of investment securities, income from appreciation in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance, loan placement fees, Federal Home Loan Bank dividends, and other income.  Non-interest income was $3,721,000 in 2010 compared to $5,850,000 and $5,190,000 in 2009 and 2008, respectively. The $2,129,000 or 36.39% decrease in non-interest income was due to decreases in gains on sales and calls of investment securities, an other-than-temporary impairment write down on certain investment securities, and a decrease in customer service charges.  The $660,000 increase in non-interest income comparing 2009 to 2008 was due to increases in customer service charges, gains on sales and calls of investment securities, appreciation in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance, loan placement fees, and other income.

 

Customer service charges decreased $284,000 to $3,225,000 in 2010 compared to $3,509,000 in 2009 and $3,350,000 in 2008.  The decrease in 2010 is mainly due to a decrease in overdraft fee income.  The increase in 2009 compared to 2008 is mainly due to an increase in the activity level as the average number of transaction accounts increased organically and as a result of the Service 1st acquisition, as have the fees generated by the overdraft protection program.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2010, we realized net losses on sales and calls of investment securities of $191,000 from net losses from sales and calls of securities.  Net gains on sales and calls of securities were $466,000 and $165,000 for the same periods in 2009 and 2008, respectively.  In 2009, investment securities that had been marked to market when we acquired Service 1st were subsequently called at par value resulting in gains.  For the year ended December 31, 2010, we realized a $1,587,000 other-than-temporary impairment write down on certain investment securities.  See Footnote 4 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements for more detail.

 

Income from the appreciation in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance (BOLI) totaled $392,000 in 2010 compared to $391,000 and $268,000 in 2009 and 2008, respectively.  The $123,000 or 45.9% increase comparing the year ended December 31, 2009 with the same period in 2008 is due to an increase in the average balance in this portfolio as a result of the Service 1st acquisition.  The Bank’s salary continuation and deferred compensation plans and the related BOLI are used as a retention tool for directors and key executives of the Bank.

 

We earn loan placement fees from the brokerage of single-family residential mortgage loans provided for the convenience of our customers.  Loan placement fees increased $69,000 in 2010 to $300,000 compared to $231,000 in 2009 and $111,000 in 2008.  In 2010 and 2009, refinancing and new mortgage activity increased due to the historically low mortgage rates, a decline in housing values and first time home buyer tax incentives.

 

The Bank holds stock from the Federal Home Loan Bank in relationship with its borrowing capacity and generally receives quarterly dividends.  As of December 31, 2010 we held $3,050,000 in FHLB stock compared to $3,140,000 at December 31, 2009.  Dividends in 2010 increased to $11,000 compared to $7,000 in 2009 and $118,000 in 2008.

 

Other income increased to $1,395,000 in 2010 compared to $1,246,000 and $1,178,000 in 2009 and 2008, respectively.  The period-to-period increases in 2010 compared to 2009 and 2008 were due to an increases in electronic funds transfer fee income.

 

Non-Interest Expenses

 

Salaries and employee benefits, occupancy, regulatory assessments, data processing expenses, and professional services are the major categories of non-interest expenses.  Non-interest expenses increased $1,210,000 or 4.40% to $28,741,000 in 2010 compared to $27,531,000 in 2009, which was an increase of $6,555,000 in 2009 compared to $20,976,000 in 2008.

 

Our efficiency ratio, measured as the percentage of non-interest expenses (exclusive of amortization of core deposit intangibles and other real estate owned expenses) to net interest income before provision for credit losses plus non-interest income (exclusive of realized gains or losses on sale and calls of investments) was 73.18% for 2010 compared to 67.31% for 2009 and 70.10% for 2008.  The decline in the efficiency ratio in 2010 resulted from decreases in net interest income and non-interest income as well as an increase in operating expenses.  Our efficiency ratio improved in 2009 compared to 2008 due to a 35.31% increase in net interest income plus non-interest income.

 

47



Table of Contents

 

Salaries and employee benefits increased $945,000 or 6.79% to $14,871,000 in 2010 compared to $13,926,000 in 2009 and $11,578,000 in 2008.  The increase in salaries and employee benefits for the 2010 period can be attributed to the addition of personnel in connection with the expansion of offices in Modesto and Merced and other new positions along with normal cost increases.  Full time equivalents were 217 at December 31, 2010 compared to 194 at December 31, 2009. The increase in 2009 compared to 2008 can be attributed to the addition of personnel in connection with the Service 1st acquisition and the opening of the new Merced office along with normal cost increases for salaries and employee benefits.

 

At December 31, 2010 we had two share based compensation plans under which compensation expense is recognized based on the estimated fair value of the awards at the date of the grant.  The Central Valley Community Bancorp 2000 Stock Option Plan (2000 Plan) for which 599,229 shares remain reserved for issuance for options already granted under incentive and nonstatutory agreements. This plan expired in November 2010 and no new options will be granted under this plan.  The Central Valley Community Bancorp 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (2005 Plan) provides for awards in the form of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, and restricted stock.  Currently under the 2005 Plan, there are 107,900 shares reserved for issuance for options already granted to employees and directors.

 

The Company bases the fair value of the options previously granted on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes Merton option pricing model that uses assumptions based on expected option life, the level of estimated forfeitures, expected stock volatility and the risk-free interest rate.  Stock volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock.  The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve and the expected term of the options.  The expected term of the options represents the period that the Company’s options are expected to be outstanding.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the compensation cost recognized for share based compensation was $239,000, $284,000 and $100,000, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2010, there was $413,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the two plans.  The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.0 years.  See Notes 1 and 14 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements for more detail.

 

In 2010, options to purchase 15,200 shares of the Company’s common stock were granted from the 2000 Plan at an exercise price of $5.76 and options to purchase 67,800 shares of common stock were granted from the 2005 Plan at exercise prices between $5.30 and $5.76.  In 2009, options to purchase 13,500 shares of the Company’s common stock were granted at exercise prices of between $5.06 and $6.40 from the 2005 Plan.  All options were granted with an exercise price equal to the market value on the grant date.

 

In December 2008, the Company cancelled options to purchase 90,550 shares of common stock granted on October 17, 2007 and options to purchase 15,000 shares of common stock granted on October 1, 2007, and on December 17, 2008 the Company granted new options to purchase 105,550 shares of common stock to the directors, senior managers and other employees.  The modification affected 57 employees and eight directors and the total incremental compensation cost recognized for the modification in 2008 was $38,000.  The grant date of the new options was December 17, 2008 and the options were granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the grant date of $6.70 per share.  The Board of Directors of the Company also granted new options to purchase 15,000 shares of common stock during 2008 at an exercise price of $6.70, the fair market value on the grant date.

 

The Board considered the general decline in stocks of financial institutions as a whole in reaching their decision to cancel and reissue options in 2008.  The cancellation of previously issued options reflects the Board’s desire to ensure that options continue to provide proper incentive to key personnel.

 

Occupancy and equipment expense increased $55,000 or 1.44% to $3,867,000 in 2010 compared to $3,812,000 in 2009 and $2,890,000 in 2008.  The increase in 2010 can be principally attributed to the expansion of our Modesto loan production office to a full service office and the relocation of our Merced and Oakhurst offices to larger facilities. The increase in 2009 was primarily due to the addition of three new branch locations in Tracy, Stockton and Lodi California as a result of the Service 1st acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2008 and the new Merced office opened in 2009.

 

Regulatory assessments decreased $413,000 or 25.75% to $1,191,000 in 2010 compared to $1,604,000 and $330,000 in 2009 and 2008, respectively.  There was no special assessment in 2010 which is the main reason for the decrease comparing 2010 to 2009.  The increase in 2009 was due to the increase in FDIC insurance premiums as a result of an increase in deposit balances due to the Service 1st acquisition, an increase in the assessment rates enacted by the FDIC, and an FDIC imposed Special Assessment of $343,000 that was effective during the second quarter of 2009.  With the three year prepayment of FDIC premiums in the fourth quarter of 2009, we expect that regulatory assessments will remain at historically high levels for the foreseeable future.

 

Data processing expenses were $1,197,000 in 2010 compared to $1,316,000 in 2009 and $848,000 in 2008.  The $119,000 or 9.04% decrease in 2010 is a result of a reduction in terms of our core processing contract.  The $468,000 increase in 2009 compared to 2008 was due to the Service 1st acquisition and the addition of new branch locations.

 

48



Table of Contents

 

Legal fees increased $165,000 or 50.00% to $495,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $330,000 and $141,000 in 2009 and 2008, respectively.  The increases in 2010 and 2009 are primarily due to issues related to nonperforming assets and other loan related legal expenses.

 

Total other real estate owned (OREO) expenses increased $592,000 or 123.59% to $1,071,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $479,000 for the same period in 2009.  The increase in 2010 is primarily the result of the write downs of several OREO properties to their estimated fair value resulting in a valuation expense totaling $591,000.  Carrying costs and property taxes totaled $371,000 related to the OREO portfolio and we realized a $109,000 loss on disposition of OREO property for the year ended December 31, 2010.  We had no OREO expenses in 2008.

 

Amortization of cored deposit intangibles was $414,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and $231,000 in 2008. The $183,000 increase in amortization of core deposit intangibles (CDI) in 2009 compared to 2008 was due to the CDI associated with the acquisition of Service 1st.

 

Other non-interest expenses increased $90,000 or 2.06% to $4,460,000 in 2010 compared to $4,370,000in 2009 and $4,068,000 in 2008.

 

The following table describes significant components of other non-interest expense as a percentage of average assets.

 

For the years ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)

 

Other
Expense
2010

 

%
Average
Assets

 

Other
Expense
2009

 

%
Average
Assets

 

Other
Expense
2008

 

%
Average
Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ATM/debit card expenses

 

$

354

 

0.05

%

$

419

 

0.06

%

$

308

 

0.06

%

Telephone

 

305

 

0.04

%

272

 

0.04

%

205

 

0.04

%

License and maintenance contracts

 

275

 

0.04

%

251

 

0.03

%

170

 

0.03

%

Stationery and supplies

 

271

 

0.04

%

271

 

0.04

%

226

 

0.04

%

Postage

 

218

 

0.03

%

233

 

0.03

%

178

 

0.03

%

Consulting

 

212

 

0.03

%

454

 

0.06

%

192

 

0.04

%

Director fees and related expenses

 

209

 

0.03

%

205

 

0.03

%

173

 

0.03

%

Amortization of software

 

195

 

0.03

%

194

 

0.03

%

101

 

0.02

%

Appraisal fees

 

165

 

0.02

%

125

 

0.02

%

4

 

 

Donations

 

148

 

0.02

%

99

 

0.01

%

90

 

0.02

%

Education and training

 

139

 

0.02

%

85

 

0.01

%

96

 

0.02

%

General insurance

 

130

 

0.02

%

144

 

0.02

%

136

 

0.03

%

Operating losses

 

44

 

0.01

%

47

 

0.01

%

90

 

0.02

%

Merger expenses

 

 

 

2

 

 

447

 

0.08

%

Other

 

1,795

 

0.24

%

1,569

 

0.21

%

1,652

 

0.30

%

Total other non-interest expense

 

$

4,460

 

0.59

%

$

4,370

 

0.58

%

$

4,068

 

0.75

%

 

For the year ended December 31, 2010, the $40,000 increase in appraisal fees was related to nonperforming assets and updating appraisals for certain loans collateralized by real estate.  Education and training expenses increased $54,000 mainly due to the implementation of a management training program.  In 2009 the $262,000 increase in consulting expenses was related to assistance with renegotiating our core processor contracts.   The $120,000 increase in appraisal fees is primarily due to issues related to nonperforming assets and other loan related expenses.   The increase in various other expenses was principally due to the addition of the Service 1st offices and the new Oakhurst and Merced offices.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

Our effective income tax rate was (12.68%) for 2010 compared to (35.35%) for 2009 and 31.39% for 2008.  The Company reported an income tax benefit of $369,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to a benefit totaling $676,000 and provision totaling $2,352,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  The increase in the effective tax rate in 2010 compared to 2009 was a result of an increase in net income before tax.  The decrease in the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to 2008 is due primarily to increases, as a percentage of pretax income, in the Federal tax deduction for tax free municipal bonds, solar tax credits, the state tax deduction for loans in designated enterprise zones in California, and state hiring tax credits.

 

49



Table of Contents

 

Preferred Stock Dividends and Accretion

 

On January 30, 2009, the Company entered into a Letter Agreement with the United States Department of the Treasury (Treasury) under the Capital Purchase Program, and issued and sold 7,000 shares of the Company’s Series A Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (Preferred Stock) and a Warrant to purchase 158,133 shares at $6.64 per share of the Company’s common stock, no par value, for an aggregate purchase price of $7,000,000 in cash.  According to the agreement, if we received aggregate gross cash proceeds of not less than $7 million from a Qualified Equity Offering (QEO) on or prior to December 31, 2009, the number of shares issuable under the Warrant could be reduced by one half.  On December 23, 2009, we received $8,000,000 in gross proceeds from a QEO and subsequently the Treasury agreed to reduce the number of common shares issuable under the Warrant to 79,067.   We accrued preferred stock dividends to the Treasury and accretion of the issuance discount in the amount of $395,000 and $365,000 during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

Summary of Changes in Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

December 31, 2010 compared to December 31, 2009

 

As of December 31, 2010, total assets were $777,594,000 an increase of 1.58 %, or $12,106,000 compared to $765,488,000 as of December 31, 2009.  Total gross loans decreased 6.01%, or $27,610,000 to $431,597,000 as of December 31, 2010 compared to $459,207,000 as of December 31, 2009.  Total investment portfolio decreased 2.87% to $191,925,000.  Total deposits increased 1.61%, or $10,328,000 to $650,495,000 as of December 31, 2010 compared to $640,167,000 as of December 31, 2009.  Shareholders’ equity increased 6.76%, or $6,169,000, to $97,391,000 as of December 31, 2010 compared to $91,223,000 as of December 31, 2009.

 

Fair Value

 

The Company measures the fair values of its financial instruments utilizing a hierarchical disclosure framework associated with the level of observable pricing scenarios utilized in measuring financial instruments at fair value.  The degree of judgment utilized in measuring the fair value of financial instruments generally correlates to the level of the observable pricing scenario.  Financial instruments with readily available active quoted prices or for which fair value can be measured from actively quoted prices generally will have a higher degree of observable pricing and a lesser degree of judgment utilized in measuring fair value.  Conversely, financial instruments rarely traded or not quoted will generally have little or no observable pricing and a higher degree of judgment utilized in measuring fair value.  Observable pricing scenarios are impacted by a number of factors, including the type of financial instrument, whether the financial instrument is new to the market and not yet established and the characteristics specific to the transaction.

 

See Note 3 of the audited Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about the level of pricing transparency associated with financial instruments carried at fair value.

 

Investments

 

Our investment portfolio consists primarily of agency securities, mortgage backed securities, municipal securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, corporate debt securities, and overnight investments in the Federal funds market and are classified at the date of acquisition as available for sale or held to maturity.  As of December 31, 2010, investment securities with a fair value of $129,968,000, or 67.93% of our investment securities portfolio, were held as collateral for public funds, short and long-term borrowings, treasury, tax, and for other purposes.  Our investment policies are established by the Board of Directors and implemented by our Investment/Asset Liability Committee.  They are designed primarily to provide and maintain liquidity, to enable us to meet our pledging requirements for public money and borrowing arrangements, to generate a favorable return on investments without incurring undue interest rate and credit risk, and to complement our lending activities.

 

The level of our investment portfolio is generally considered higher than our peers due primarily to a comparatively low loan to deposit ratio.  Our loan to deposit ratio at December 31, 2010 was 66.35% compared to 71.73% at December 31, 2009.  The loan to deposit ratio of our peers was 82.47% at September 30, 2010.  The total investment portfolio, including Federal funds sold, decreased 2.87% or $5,673,000 to $191,925,000 at December 31, 2010 from $197,598,000 at December 31, 2009 primarily due to sales and calls of securities and principal pay downs.  The market value of the portfolio reflected an unrealized gain of $1,643,000 at December 31, 2010 compared to a $2,425,000 loss at December 31, 2009.

 

We periodically evaluate each investment security for other-than-temporary impairment, relying primarily on industry analyst reports, observation of market conditions and interest rate fluctuations.

 

As of November 30, 2010, the Company performed an analysis of the investment portfolio to determine whether any of the investments held in the portfolio had an other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI).   Under ASC 320-10, the portion of the impairment that is attributable to a shortage in the present value of expected future cash flows relative to the amortized cost should be recorded as a current period charge to earnings.  The discount rate in this analysis is the expected yield at purchase.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

In accordance with the Company’s OTTI policy, we evaluated all available-for-sale investment securities with an unrealized loss at November 30, 2010 and identified those that had an unrealized loss for at least a consecutive 12 month period, which had an unrealized loss at November 30, 2010 greater than 10% of the recorded book value on that date, or which had an unrealized loss of more than $10,000.  We also analyzed any securities that may have been down graded by credit rating agencies. We retained the services of a third party in December 2010 to provide independent valuation and OTTI analysis of private label residential mortgage-backed securities (PLRMBS).

 

For those bonds that met the evaluation criteria, we obtained and reviewed the most recently published national credit ratings for those bonds.  For those bonds that were municipal debt securities with an investment grade rating by the rating agencies, we also evaluated the financial condition of the municipality and any applicable municipal bond insurance provider and concluded that no credit related impairment existed.

 

The evaluation for PLRMBS also includes estimating projected cash flows that the Company is likely to collect based on an assessment of all available information about the applicable security on an individual basis, the structure of the security, and certain assumptions, such as the remaining payment terms for the security, prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severity on the collateral supporting the security based on underlying loan-level borrower and loan characteristics, expected housing price changes, and interest rate assumptions, to determine whether the Company will recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security.  In performing a detailed cash flow analysis, the Company identified the best estimate of the cash flows expected to be collected.  If this estimate results in a present value of expected cash flows (discounted at the security’s effective yield) that is less than the amortized cost basis of the security, an OTTI is considered to have occurred.

 

To assess whether it expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of its PLRMBS, the Company performed a cash flow analysis for all of its PLRMBS as of November 30, 2010.  In performing the cash flow analysis for each security, the Company uses a third-party model. The model considers borrower characteristics and the particular attributes of the loans underlying the Company’s securities, in conjunction with assumptions about future changes in home prices and other assumptions, to project prepayments, default rates, and loss severities.

 

The month-by-month projections of future loan performance are allocated to the various security classes in each securitization structure in accordance with the structure’s prescribed cash flow and loss allocation rules.  When the credit enhancement for the senior securities in a securitization is derived from the presence of subordinated securities, losses are allocated first to the subordinated securities until their principal balance is reduced to zero.  The projected cash flows are based on a number of assumptions and expectations, and the results of these models can vary significantly with changes in assumptions and expectations.  The scenario of cash flows determined based on the model approach described above reflects a best-estimate scenario.

 

At each quarter end, the Company compares the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected on its PLRMBS to the amortized cost basis of the securities to determine whether a credit loss exists.

 

The unrealized losses associated with PLRMBS are primarily driven by higher projected collateral losses, wider credit spreads, and changes in interest rates.  Based upon our assessment of the expected credit losses of the security given the performance of the underlying collateral compared with our credit enhancement (which occurs as a result of credit loss protection provided by subordinated tranches), the Company expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities, with the exception of certain securities for which OTTI was recorded.  As of December 31, 2010 management reviewed the data and there were no significant changes.

 

At December 31, 2010, the Company had a total of 36 PLRMBS with a remaining principal balance of $18,661,000 and a net unrealized loss of approximately $823,000.  12 of these securities account for $1,329,000 of the unrealized loss at December 31, 2010 offset by 24 of these securities with gains totaling $506,000.  The Company continues to perform extensive analyses on these securities as well as all PLRMBS.  Several of these investment securities continue to demonstrate cash flows and credit support as expected and the expected cash flows of the security discounted at the security’s effective yield are greater than the book value of the security, therefore management does not consider these securities to be other than temporarily impaired.  11 of these PLRMBS with a remaining principal balance of $11,785,000 had credit ratings below investment grade.  Based on the analyses performed, 9 of the PLRMBS wi credit ratings below investment grade, with a remaining principal balance of $11,460,000 were considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2010.  An OTTI charge to earnings of $1,587,000 was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2010.  This charge was taken to reflect ongoing and increasing deterioration of credit quality and increasing loss severities of the underlying mortgages.  The cumulative unrealized loss on these securities decreased during the year ended December 31, 2010 primarily due to a declining interest rate environment.  This change in unrealized loss was recognized in other comprehensive income and is also presented in the income statement as a component of non-interest income in the presentation of other-than-temporary impairment losses.

 

See Note 4 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements for carrying values and estimated fair values of our investment securities portfolio.

 

51



Table of Contents

 

Loans

 

Total gross loans have decreased to $431,597,000 as of December 31, 2010 compared to $459,207,000 as of December 31, 2009.

 

The following table sets forth information concerning the composition of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

Loan Type 

 

December 31, 2010

 

% of Total
loans

 

December 31, 2009

 

% of Total
loans

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

104,387

 

24.1

%

$

107,726

 

23.5

%

Agricultural land and production

 

38,787

 

9.0

%

35,796

 

7.8

%

Total commercial

 

135,265

 

33.1

%

137,560

 

31.3

%

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

111,888

 

25.9

%

111,006

 

24.1

%

Real estate-construction and other land loans

 

32,039

 

7.4

%

47,233

 

10.3

%

Commercial real estate

 

63,627

 

14.7

%

71,977

 

15.7

%

Other

 

38,354

 

8.9

%

38,532

 

8.4

%

Total real estate

 

245,908

 

56.9

%

268,748

 

58.5

%

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity loans and lines of credit

 

34,521

 

8.0

%

36,110

 

7.8

%

Consumer and installment

 

8,493

 

2.0

%

11,219

 

2.4

%

Total consumer

 

43,014

 

10.0

%

47,329

 

10.2

%

Deferred loan fees, net

 

(499

)

 

 

(392

)

 

 

Total gross loans

 

431,597

 

100.0

%

459,207

 

100.0

%

Allowance for credit losses

 

(11,014

)

 

 

(10,200

)

 

 

Total loans

 

$

420,583

 

 

 

$

449,007

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010, in management’s judgment, a concentration of loans existed in commercial loans and real-estate-related loans, representing approximately 96.2% of total loans of which 31.3% were commercial and 64.9% were real-estate-related.  This level of concentration is consistent with the 96.3% at December 31, 2009.  Although we believe the loans within this concentration have no more than the normal risk of collectibility, a substantial further decline in the performance of the economy in general or a further decline in real estate values in our primary market areas, in particular, could have an adverse impact on collectibility, increase the level of real estate-related nonperforming loans, or have other adverse effects which alone or in the aggregate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.  The Company was not involved in any sub-prime mortgage lending activities at December 31, 2010 or December 31, 2009.

 

We believe that our commercial real estate loan underwriting policies and practices result in prudent extensions of credit, but recognize that our lending activities result in relatively high reported commercial real estate lending levels.  Commercial real estate loans include certain loans which represent low to moderate risk and certain loans with higher risks.

 

Nonperforming Assets

 

Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans, other real estate owned (OREO), and repossessed assets.  Nonperforming loans are those loans which have (i) been placed on nonaccrual status, (ii) been subject to troubled debt restructuring, (iii) been classified as doubtful under our asset classification system, or (iv) become contractually past due 90 days or more with respect to principal or interest and have not been restructured or otherwise placed on nonaccrual status.  A loan is classified as nonaccrual when 1) it is maintained on a cash basis because of deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower, 2) payment in full of principal or interest under the original contractual terms is not expected, or 3) principal or interest has been in default for a period of 90 days or more unless the asset is both well secured and in the process of collection.

 

At December 31, 2010, nonperforming assets totaled $19,984,000 compared to $21,838,000 at December 31, 2009.  In 2010, nonperforming assets included nonaccrual loans totaling $18,561,000, OREO of $1,325,000, and repossessed assets of $98,000.  Nonperforming assets in 2009 consisted of $18,959,000 in nonaccrual loans, OREO of $2,832,000 and repossessed assets of $47,000.  At December 31, 2010, we had seven loans considered troubled debt restructurings totaling $6,180,000, which are included in nonaccrual loans.  We had seven restructured loans totaling $4,568,000 at December 31, 2009.  We have no outstanding commitments to lend additional funds to any of these borrowers.

 

A summary of nonaccrual, restructured, and past due loans at December 31, 2010 and 2009 is set forth below.  The Company had no loans past due more than 90 days and still accruing interest at December 31, 2010 or 2009.  Management is not aware of any potential problem loans, which were current and accruing at December 31, 2010, where serious doubt exists as to the ability of the borrower to comply with the present repayment terms.  Management can give no assurance that nonaccrual and other nonperforming loans will not increase in the future.

 

52


 


Table of Contents

 

Composition of Nonaccrual, Past Due and Restructured Loans

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2009

 

December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual Loans

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

1,487

 

$

3,169

 

Real Estate

 

4,772

 

3,183

 

Real estate construction and land development

 

5,634

 

7,690

 

Consumer

 

 

349

 

Equity loans and lines of credit

 

488

 

 

Other

 

 

 

Restructured loans (non-accruing)

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

869

 

28

 

Real Estate

 

3,118

 

2,326

 

Real estate construction and land development

 

2,193

 

2,214

 

Total nonaccrual

 

18,561

 

18,959

 

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans

 

$

18,561

 

$

18,959

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming loans to total loans

 

4.30

%

4.13

%

Ratio of nonperforming loans to allowance for credit losses

 

168.52

%

185.87

%

Loans considered to be impaired

 

$

18,561

 

$

18,959

 

Related allowance for credit losses on impaired loans

 

$

2,124

 

$

752

 

 

We measure our impaired loans by using the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent and the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate if the loan is not collateral dependent.  As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had impaired loans totaling $18,561,000 and $18,959,000, respectively.  For collateral dependent loans secured by real estate, we obtain external appraisals which are updated at least annually to determine the fair value of the collateral, and we record an immediate charge off for the difference between the book value of the loan and the appraised value of collateral.  We perform quarterly internal reviews on substandard loans.  We place loans on nonaccrual status and classify them as impaired when it becomes probable that we will not receive interest and principal under the original contractual terms, or when loans are delinquent 90 days or more unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. Management maintains certain loans that have been brought current by the borrower (less than 30 days delinquent) on nonaccrual status until such time as management has determined that the loans are likely to remain current in future periods.  Foregone interest on nonaccrual loans totaled $1,228,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 of which $376,000 was attributable to troubled debt restructurings. Foregone interest on nonaccrual loans totaled $852,000 and $371,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively of which $404,000 and $139,000 was attributable to troubled debt restructurings, respectively.

 

53



 

Table of Contents

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of the change in non-accrual loans for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balances
December
31, 2009

 

Additions
to
Nonaccrual
Loans

 

Net Pay
Downs

 

Transfer
to
Foreclosed
Collateral
- OREO

 

Returns
to
Accrual
Status

 

Charge
Offs

 

Balances

December

31, 2010

 

Non-accrual loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

3,169

 

$

1,450

 

$

(1,402

)

$

 

$

(223

)

$

(1,507

)

$

1,487

 

Real estate

 

3,183

 

5,724

 

(1,954

)

(1,812

)

(126

)

(243

)

4,772

 

Real estate construction and land development

 

7,690

 

51

 

(238

)

(1,655

)

(214

)

 

5,634

 

Consumer

 

349

 

177

 

 

 

 

(526

)

 

Equity loans and lines of credit

 

 

509

 

(21

)

 

 

 

488

 

Restructured loans (non-accruing):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

28

 

900

 

(59

)

 

 

 

869

 

Real estate

 

2,326

 

1,834

 

(1,042

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,118

 

Real estate construction and land development

 

2,214

 

1,250

 

(519

)

 

 

(752

)

2,193

 

Total non-accrual

 

$

18,959

 

$

11,895

 

$

(5,235

)

$

(3,467

)

$

(563

)

$

(3,028

)

$

18,561

 

 

The following table provides a summary of the change in the OREO balance:

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

 

$

2,832

 

 

Additions

 

3,467

 

3,188

 

Dispositions

 

(4,450

)

 

Write-downs

 

(592

)

(356

)

Gain on disposition

 

176

 

 

Loss on disposition

 

(108

)

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

 

$

1,325

 

$

2 832

 

 

OREO represents real property taken either through foreclosure or through a deed in lieu thereof from the borrower. OREO is carried at the lesser of cost or fair market value, less selling costs. OREO holdings represented two properties with a fair value totaling $1,325,000 at December 31, 2010 and two properties totaling $2,832,000 at December 31, 2009.

 

The Bank was party to a lawsuit filed by Regent Hotel, LLC against First Bank (Lead Bank), as the lead bank in a loan participation, and East West Bank and Service 1st Bank, which was acquired by the Bank on November 13, 2008, were participating in the loan.  In 2009, the Lead Bank purchased the Bank’s participating interest in the Regent Hotel loan at a discount and indemnified the Bank against any further actions pursuant to the lawsuit.  Included in the merger consideration paid by the Company to acquire Service 1st was $3,500,000 which was placed into an escrow fund to protect the Company and the Bank from all losses and liabilities that related to the loan participation and/or the Regent Litigation.  Consequent to the Lead Bank buying the Bank’s position, in 2009 the Bank collected $1,046,000 from the escrow fund to cover the portion of the loan that was not recovered, accrued and unpaid interest and other costs.  In 2010, settlement agreements between all parties were signed and the bankruptcy court approved the settlement.  The appeal period is in effect until April 1, 2011.  If no party objects during the appeal period, the settlement will be finalized on April 1, 2011. In accordance with the escrow agreement, once the litigation is completely satisfied the remaining balance in the escrow fund will be disbursed to former Service 1st shareholders after reimbursement to the Bank for any legal and escrow costs.

 

Allowance for Credit Losses

 

We have established a methodology for the determination of the allowance for credit losses.  The methodology is set forth in a formal policy and takes into consideration the need for an overall allowance for credit losses as well as specific allowances that are tied to individual loans.  Our methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance consists of several key elements, which include the formula allowance and a specific allowance for identified problem loans.

 

54



Table of Contents

 

In originating loans, we recognize that losses will be experienced and that the risk of loss will vary with, among other things, the type of loan being made, the creditworthiness of the borrower over the term of the loan, general economic conditions and, in the case of a secured loan, the quality of the collateral securing the loan.  The allowance is increased by provisions charged against earnings and reduced by net loan charge offs.  Loans are charged off when they are deemed to be uncollectible, or partially charged off when portions of a loan are deemed to be uncollectible.  Recoveries are recorded only when cash payments are received.

 

The allowance for credit losses is maintained to cover probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio.  The responsibility for the review of our assets and the determination of the adequacy lies with management and our Audit Committee.  They delegate the authority to the Chief Credit Administrator (CCA) to determine the loss reserve ratio for each type of asset and review, at least quarterly, the adequacy of the allowance based on an evaluation of the portfolio, past experience, prevailing market conditions, amount of government guarantees, concentration in loan types, and other relevant factors.

 

The allowance for credit losses is an estimate of the losses that may be sustained in our loan and lease portfolio.  The allowance is based on principles of accounting: (1) ASC 310-10 which requires that losses be accrued when they are probable of occurring and can be reasonably estimated and (2) ASC 450-20 which requires that losses be accrued based on the differences between the value of collateral, present value of future cash flows or values that are observable in the secondary market and the loan balance.

 

Credit Administration adheres to an internal asset review system and loss allowance methodology designed to provide for timely recognition of problem assets and adequate valuation allowances to cover expected asset losses.  The Bank’s asset monitoring process includes the use of asset classifications to segregate the assets, largely loans and real estate, into various risk categories.  The Bank uses the various asset classifications as a means of measuring risk and determining the adequacy of valuation allowances by using a nine-grade system to classify assets.  All credit facilities exceeding 90 days of delinquency require classification.

 

The following table sets forth information regarding our allowance for credit losses at the dates and for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of the year

 

$

10,200

 

$

7,223

 

Provision charged to operations

 

3,800

 

10,514

 

Losses charged to allowance

 

(4,122

)

(7,926

)

Recoveries

 

1,136

 

389

 

Balance, end of year

 

$

11,014

 

$

10,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses to total loans

 

2.55

%

2.22

%

 

As of December 31, 2010 the balance in the allowance for credit losses was $11,014,000 compared to $10,200,000 as of December 31, 2009.  The increase was due to net charge offs during 2010 being less than the amount of the provision for credit losses.  Net charge offs totaled $2,986,000 while the provision for credit losses was $3,800,000.  The balance of commitments to extend credit on undisbursed construction and other loans and letters of credit was $123,676,000 as of December 31, 2010 compared to $131,139,000 as of December 31, 2009.  Risks and uncertainties exist in all lending transactions, and our management and Directors’ Loan Committee have established reserve levels based on economic uncertainties and other risks that exist as of each reporting period.

 

As of December 31, 2010 the allowance for credit losses was 2.55% of total gross loans compared to 2.22% as of December 31, 2009. During 2010 there were no major changes in loan concentrations that significantly affected the allowance for credit losses.  During the year ended December 31, 2010 the Company enhanced the process for estimating the allowance for credit losses.  The modification did not have a significant impact on the amount of the allowance for credit losses in total nor did it have a material impact on the allocation of the allowance within loan categories.  In 2010 enhanced methodology enabled us to assign qualitative and quantitative factors (Q factors) to each loan category resulting in a decrease in unallocated reserves. Q factors include reserves held for the effects of lending policies, economic trends, and portfolio trends along with other dynamics which may cause additional stress to the portfolio. Assumptions regarding the collateral value of various under performing loans may affect the level and allocation of the allowance for credit losses in future periods.  The allowance may also be affected by trends in the amount of charge offs experienced or expected trends within different loan portfolios.  Of the losses charged to the allowance in 2010 and 2009 of $4,122,000 and 7,926,000, the portion related to overdraft losses on transaction deposit accounts totaled $96,000 and $126,000, respectively.

 

Nonperforming loans totaled $18,561,000 as of December 31, 2010, and $18,959,000 as of December 31, 2009.   The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans was 59.34% and 53.80% as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Management believes the allowance at December 31, 2010 is adequate based upon its ongoing analysis of the loan portfolio, historical loss trends and other factors.  However, no assurance can be given that the Company may not sustain charge-offs which are in excess of the allowance in any given period.

 

55



Table of Contents

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

Business combinations involving the Bank’s acquisition of the equity interests or net assets of another enterprise give rise to goodwill.  Total goodwill at December 31, 2010 was $23,577,000 consisting of $14,643,000 and $8,934,000 representing the excess of the cost of Service 1st Bank and Bank of Madera County, respectively, over the net of the amounts assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transactions accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.  The value of goodwill is ultimately derived from the Bank’s ability to generate net earnings after the acquisitions and is not deductible for tax purposes.  A decline in net earnings could be indicative of a decline in the fair value of goodwill and result in impairment.  For that reason, goodwill is assessed at least annually for impairment.

 

In conjunction with the Company’s annual review during the third quarter of 2010, management engaged an independent valuation specialist to test goodwill for impairment.  Goodwill impairment testing is a two step process.  The first step compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill.  If the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the impairment loss, if any.  If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value, then goodwill is not impaired and step two is unnecessary.  Since the Company is considered to be one reporting unit, the fair value of the Company was compared to the carrying value.  Based on the results of the testing performed, the fair value of the Company exceeded the carrying value so step two was not required and goodwill was not impaired.  The fair value of the Company was determined based on an analysis of three different valuation methods including the analysis of discounted future cash flows, comparable whole bank transactions, and the Company’s market capitalization plus a control premium.

 

Goodwill is also tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the Company below its carrying amount.  No such events or circumstances arose during the fourth quarter of 2010, so goodwill was not required to be retested.

 

The intangible assets at December 31, 2010 represent the estimated fair value of the core deposit relationships acquired in the acquisition of Service 1st Bank in 2008 of $1,400,000 and the 2005 acquisition of Bank of Madera County of $1,500,000.  Core deposit intangibles are being amortized using the straight-line method over an estimated life of seven years from the date of acquisition.  The carrying value of intangible assets at December 31, 2010 was $1,198,000, net of $1,702,000 in accumulated amortization expense.  The carrying value at December 31, 2009 was $1,612,000, net of $1,288,000 accumulated amortization expense.  Management evaluates the remaining useful lives quarterly to determine whether events or circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining periods of amortization.  Based on the evaluation, no changes to the remaining useful lives was required.  Management engaged an independent valuation specialist to perform an annual impairment test on core deposit intangibles as of September 30, 2010 and determined no impairment was necessary. Amortization expense recognized was $414,000 for 2010 and 2009, and for 2008 was $231,000.

 

Deposits and Borrowings

 

The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to applicable legal limits.  The FDIC implemented unlimited deposit insurance coverage on non-interest bearing transaction accounts beginning December 31, 2010, and ending December 31, 2012, as mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act.  Coverage under this program is confined to non-interest bearing accounts and does not cover interest-bearing NOW accounts but does include Interest on Lawyers Trust Accounts (IOLTAs).  Coverage on all other accounts including interest bearing NOW accounts is limited to $250,000 beginning January 1, 2011. This coverage replaces the unlimited coverage under the Transaction Account Guarantee Program (TAGP).

 

Total deposits increased $10,328,000 or 1.61% to $650,495,000 as of December 31, 2010 compared to $640,167,000 as of December 31, 2009.  Interest-bearing deposits decreased $3,909,000 or 0.81% to $476,628,000 as of December 31, 2010 compared to $480,537,000 as of December 31, 2009.  Non-interest bearing deposits increased $14,237,000 or 8.92% to $173,867,000 as of December 31, 2010 compared to $159,630,000 as of December 31, 2009.  Our total market share of deposits in Fresno, Madera, and San Joaquin counties was 3.38% in 2010 compared to 3.50% in 2009 based on FDIC deposit market share information published as of June 30, 2010.

 

The composition of the deposits and average interest rates paid at December 31, 2010 and 2009 is summarized in the table below.

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31,
2010

 

% of Total
Deposits

 

Effective
Rate

 

December 31,
2009

 

% of Total
Deposits

 

Effective
Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOW accounts

 

$

114,473

 

17.6

%

0.38

%

$

112,493

 

17.6

%

0.66

%

MMA accounts

 

157,345

 

24.2

%

0.66

%

142,917

 

22.3

%

0.93

%

Time deposits

 

177,132

 

27.2

%

1.19

%

200,681

 

31.4

%

1.82

%

Savings deposits

 

27,678

 

4.3

%

0.20

%

24,446

 

3.8

%

0.22

%

Total interest-bearing

 

476,628

 

73.3

%

0.77

%

480,537

 

75.1

%

1.22

%

Non-interest bearing

 

173,867

 

26.7

%

 

 

159,630

 

24.9

%

 

 

Total deposits

 

$

650,495

 

100.0

%

 

 

$

640,167

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

56



Table of Contents

 

Short-term borrowings totaled $10,000,000 as of December 31, 2010 compared to $5,000,000 as of December 31, 2009.  Short-term borrowings consist of FHLB advances maturing within one month.  The maximum amount of short-term borrowings at any month-end during 2010, 2009 and 2008, was $10,000,000, $5,000,000, and $24,600,000, respectively.  We maintain a line of credit with the FHLB collateralized by government securities and loans.  Refer to Liquidity section below for further discussion of FHLB advances.

 

Total long-term debt as of December 31, 2010 was $4,000,000 and consisted of FHLB advances with interest rate of 3.59%  maturing in 2013.  Long-term debt was $14,000,000 as of December 31, 2009 with rates ranging from 3.00% to 3.59% and a weighted average rate of 3.20%.

 

The Company succeeded to all of the rights and obligations of Service 1st Capital Trust I, a Delaware business trust, in connection with the acquisition of Service 1st as of November 12, 2008.  The Trust was formed on August 17, 2006 for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Service 1st.  Under applicable regulatory guidance, the amount of trust preferred securities that is eligible as Tier 1 capital is limited to 25% of the Company’s Tier 1 capital on a pro forma basis.  At December 31, 2010, all of the trust preferred securities that have been issued qualify as Tier 1 capital.  The trust preferred securities mature on October 7, 2036, are redeemable at the Company’s option beginning after five years, and require quarterly distributions by the Trust to the holder of the trust preferred securities at a variable interest rate which will adjust quarterly to equal the three month LIBOR plus 1.60%.

 

The Trust used the proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities to purchase approximately $5,155,000 in aggregate principal amount of Service 1st’s junior subordinated notes (the Notes).  The Notes bear interest at the same variable interest rate during the same quarterly periods as the trust preferred securities.  The Notes are redeemable by the Company on any January 7, April 7, July 7, or October 7 on or after October 7, 2011 or at any time within 90 days following the occurrence of certain events, such as: (i) a change in the regulatory capital treatment of the Notes (ii) in the event the Trust is deemed an investment company or (iii) upon the occurrence of certain adverse tax events.  In each such case, the Company may redeem the Notes for their aggregate principal amount, plus any accrued but unpaid interest.

 

The Notes may be declared immediately due and payable at the election of the trustee or holders of 25% of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes in the event that the Company defaults in the payment of any interest following the nonpayment of any such interest for 20 or more consecutive quarterly periods.  Holders of the trust preferred securities are entitled to a cumulative cash distribution on the liquidation amount of $1,000 per security.  For each January 7, April 7, July 7 or October 7 of each year, the rate will be adjusted to equal the three month LIBOR plus 1.60%.  As of December 31, 2010, the rate was 1.89%.  Interest expense recognized by the Company for the year ended December 31, 2010,  2009 and 2008 was $102,000, $129,000 and $46,000, respectively.

 

Capital Resources

 

Capital serves as a source of funds and helps protect depositors and shareholders against potential losses.  Historically, the primary source of capital for the Company has been internally generated capital through retained earnings.  In addition to net income, capital increased in 2009 from the issuance of preferred stock and warrants under the Treasury Capital Purchase Program and preferred stock and common stock issued to accredited investors.  In 2008, in addition to net income, capital increased from common stock issued for the acquisition of Service 1st Bancorp.

 

The Company has historically maintained substantial levels of capital.  The assessment of capital adequacy is dependent on several factors including asset quality, earnings trends, liquidity and economic conditions.  Maintenance of adequate capital levels is integral to providing stability to the Company.  The Company needs to maintain substantial levels of regulatory capital to give it maximum flexibility in the changing regulatory environment and to respond to changes in the market and economic conditions.

 

Our stockholders’ equity increased to $97,391,000 as of December 31, 2010 compared to $91,223,000 as of December 31, 2009. The increase in stockholder’s equity is a result of increase in retained earnings from net income of $3,279,000, increase in unrealized gain on the available-for-sale investment securities of $2,422,000, exercise of stock options and related tax benefits, and the effect of share based compensation expense of $239,000, offset by preferred stock dividends and accretion of discount of $349,000.

 

We participated in the Treasury Capital Purchase Program under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act.  The Company issued preferred stock and a Warrant to issue common stock and received $7,000,000 in cash under this program.  The Company agreed to restrict dividend payments on common stock to no more than historic levels while our preferred stock is owned by the Treasury.  See Note 13 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements in this report for a more detailed discussion.

 

57



Table of Contents

 

On December 23, 2009, the Company entered into Stock Purchase Agreements with a limited number of accredited investors to sell a total of 1,264,952 shares of common stock, without par value at $5.25 per share, and 1,359 shares of non-voting Series B Convertible Adjustable Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (Series B Preferred Stock) at $1,000 per share, for an aggregate gross purchase price of $8,000,000, offset by issuance expenses totaling $242,000.  In May 2010, the shareholders of the Company approved an amendment to the Company’s governing instruments to create a series of non-voting common stock.  In June 2010, the Company exercised its option to require the Purchasers to exchange 1,359 shares of Series B Preferred Stock for 258,862 shares of non-voting common stock.   See Note 13 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements in this report for a more detailed discussion.

 

During 2010 and 2009, the Bank did not pay any dividends to the Company.  In 2008, the Bank declared and paid cash dividends to the Company of $6,100,000, in connection with the acquisition of Service 1st and stock repurchase agreements approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.  The Bank would not pay any dividend that would cause it to be deemed not “well capitalized” under applicable banking laws and regulations.

 

Management considers capital requirements as part of its strategic planning process.  The strategic plan calls for continuing increases in assets and liabilities, and the capital required may therefore be in excess of retained earnings.  The ability to obtain capital is dependent upon the capital markets as well as our performance. Management regularly evaluates sources of capital and the timing required to meet its strategic objectives.

 

The following table presents the Company’s and the Bank’s capital ratios as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

December 31, 2009

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Tier 1 Leverage Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central Valley Community Bancorp and Subsidiary

 

$

70,669

 

9.48

%

$

67,547

 

9.30

%

Minimum regulatory requirement

 

$

29,832

 

4.00

%

$

29,056

 

4.00

%

Central Valley Community Bank

 

$

69,457

 

9.32

%

$

66,624

 

9.20

%

Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution

 

$

37,264

 

5.00

%

$

36,210

 

5.00

%

Minimum regulatory requirement

 

$

29,811

 

4.00

%

$

28,968

 

4.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central Valley Community Bancorp and Subsidiary

 

$

70,669

 

14.16

%

$

67,547

 

12.28

%

Minimum regulatory requirement

 

$

19,965

 

4.00

%

$

21,998

 

4.00

%

Central Valley Community Bank

 

$

69,457

 

13.92

%

$

66,624

 

12.12

%

Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution

 

$

29,929

 

6.00

%

$

32,977

 

6.00

%

Minimum regulatory requirement

 

$

19,953

 

4.00

%

$

21,985

 

4.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central Valley Community Bancorp and Subsidiary

 

$

76,982

 

15.42

%

$

74,463

 

13.54

%

Minimum regulatory requirement

 

$

39,931

 

8.00

%

$

43,996

 

8.00

%

Central Valley Community Bank

 

$

75,766

 

15.19

%

$

73,535

 

13.38

%

Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution

 

$

49,881

 

10.00

%

$

54,962

 

10.00

%

Minimum regulatory requirement

 

$

39,905

 

8.00

%

$

43,970

 

8.00

%

 

We are required to deduct the disallowed portion of net deferred tax assets from Tier 1 capital in calculating our capital ratios.  Generally, disallowed deferred tax assets that are dependent upon future taxable income are limited to the lesser of the amount of deferred tax assets that we expect to realize within one year, based on projected future taxable income, or 10% of the amount of our Tier 1 capital.   Disallowed deferred tax assets deducted from Tier 1 capital were $5,981,000 and $4,918,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

LIQUIDITY

 

Liquidity management involves our ability to meet cash flow requirements arising from fluctuations in deposit levels and demands of daily operations, which include funding of securities purchases, providing for customers’ credit needs and ongoing repayment of borrowings.  Our liquidity is actively managed on a daily basis and reviewed periodically by our management and Director’s Asset/Liability Committees.  This process is intended to ensure the maintenance of sufficient funds to meet our needs, including adequate cash flows for off-balance sheet commitments.

 

58



Table of Contents

 

Our primary sources of liquidity are derived from financing activities which include the acceptance of customer and, to a lesser extent, broker deposits, Federal funds facilities and advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco.  These funding sources are augmented by payments of principal and interest on loans, the routine maturities and pay downs of securities from the securities portfolio, the stability of our core deposits and the ability to sell investment securities.  As of December 31, 2010, the Company had unpledged securities totaling $61,357,000 available as a secondary source of liquidity and total cash and cash equivalents of $100,399,000.  Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2010 increased 207% compared to December 31, 2009.  Primary uses of funds include withdrawal of and interest payments on deposits, origination and purchases of loans, purchases of investment securities, and payment of operating expenses.  Due to the negative impact of the slow economic recovery, we have been cautiously managing our asset quality.  Consequently, expanding our loan portfolio or finding adequate investments to utilize some of our excess liquidity has been difficult in the current economic environment.

 

As a means of augmenting our liquidity, we have established Federal funds lines with various correspondent banks.  At December 31, 2010 our available borrowing capacity includes approximately $39,000,000 in Federal funds lines with our correspondent banks and $114,659,000 in unused FHLB advances.  At December 31, 2010, we were not aware of any information that was reasonably likely to have a material effect on our liquidity position.  The following table reflects the Company’s credit lines, balances outstanding, and pledged collateral at December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

Credit Lines (In thousands)

 

December 31, 2010

 

December 31, 2009

 

Unsecured Credit Lines (interest rate varies with market):

 

 

 

 

 

Credit limit

 

$

39,000

 

$

39,000

 

Balance outstanding

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank (interest rate at prevailing interest rate):

 

 

 

 

 

Credit limit

 

$

114,659

 

$

113,451

 

Balance outstanding

 

$

14,000

 

$

19,000

 

Collateral pledged

 

$

123,717

 

$

139,726

 

Fair value of collateral

 

$

126,326

 

$

144,903

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Reserve Bank (interest rate at prevailing discount interest rate):

 

 

 

 

 

Credit limit

 

$

1,321

 

$

917

 

Balance outstanding

 

$

 

$

 

Collateral pledged

 

$

1,322

 

$

922

 

Fair value of collateral

 

$

1,354

 

$

956

 

 

The liquidity of our parent company, Central Valley Community Bancorp, is primarily dependent on the payment of cash dividends by its subsidiary, Central Valley Community Bank, subject to limitations imposed by regulations.

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ITEMS

 

In the normal course of business, the Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they are funded or related fees are incurred or received.  The balance of commitments to extend credit on undisbursed construction and other loans and letters of credit was $123,676,000 as of December 31, 2010 compared to $131,139,000 as of December 31, 2009.  For a more detailed discussion of these financial instruments, see Note 12 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report.

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is party to various operating leases.  For a more detailed discussion of these financial instruments, see Note 12 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report.

 

59



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 7A -             QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Interest rate risk (IRR) and credit risk constitute the two greatest sources of financial exposure for insured financial institutions that operate like we do.  IRR represents the impact that changes in absolute and relative levels of market interest rates may have upon our net interest income (NII).  Changes in the NII are the result of changes in the net interest spread between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities (timing risk), the relationship between various rates (basis risk), and changes in the shape of the yield curve.

 

We realize income principally from the differential or spread between the interest earned on loans, investments, other interest-earning assets and the interest incurred on deposits and borrowings.  The volumes and yields on loans, deposits and borrowings are affected by market interest rates.  As of December 31, 2010, 75.41% of our loan portfolio was tied to adjustable-rate indices.  The majority of our adjustable rate loans are tied to prime and reprice within 90 days.  However, in the current low rate environment, several of our loans, tied to prime, are at their floors and will not reprice until prime plus the factor is greater than the floor.  The majority of our time deposits have a fixed rate of interest.  As of December 31, 2010, 81.94% of our time deposits matures within one year or less.  As of December 31, 2010, $10,000,000 of our short term debt and $4,000,000 of our long-term debt was fixed rate.  Our long-term debt has maturities through 2013.

 

Changes in the market level of interest rates directly and immediately affect our interest spread, and therefore profitability.  Sharp and significant changes to market rates can cause the interest spread to shrink or expand significantly in the near term, principally because of the timing differences between the adjustable rate loans and the maturities (and therefore repricing) of the deposits and borrowings.

 

Our management and Board of Directors’ Asset/Liability Committees (ALCO) are responsible for managing our assets and liabilities in a manner that balances profitability, IRR and various other risks including liquidity.  The ALCO operates under policies and within risk limits prescribed, reviewed, and approved by the Board of Directors.

 

The ALCO seeks to stabilize our NII by matching rate-sensitive assets and liabilities through maintaining the maturity and repricing of these assets and liabilities at appropriate levels given the interest rate environment.  When the amount of rate-sensitive liabilities exceeds rate-sensitive assets within specified time periods, NII generally will be negatively impacted by an increasing interest rate environment and positively impacted by a decreasing interest rate environment.  Conversely, when the amount of rate-sensitive assets exceeds the amount of rate-sensitive liabilities within specified time periods, net interest income will generally be positively impacted by an increasing interest rate environment and negatively impacted by a decreasing interest rate environment.  The speed and velocity of the repricing of assets and liabilities will also contribute to the effects on our NII, as will the presence or absence of periodic and lifetime interest rate caps and floors.

 

Simulation of earnings is the primary tool used to measure the sensitivity of earnings to interest rate changes.  Earnings simulations are produced using a software model that is based on actual cash flows and repricing characteristics for all of our financial instruments and incorporates market-based assumptions regarding the impact of changing interest rates on current volumes of applicable financial instruments.

 

Interest rate simulations provide us with an estimate of both the dollar amount and percentage change in NII under various rate scenarios.  All assets and liabilities are normally subjected to up to 400 basis point increases and decreases in interest rates in 100 basis point increments.  Under each interest rate scenario, we project our net interest income.  From these results, we can then develop alternatives in dealing with the tolerance thresholds.

 

Approximately 75.41% of our loan portfolio is tied to adjustable rate indices and 38.7% of our loan portfolio reprices within 90 days.  As of December 31, 2010, we had 635 commercial and real estate loans totaling $188,895,000 with floors ranging from 3.25% to 8.50% and ceilings ranging from 7.00% to 25.00%.

 

The following table shows the effects of changes in projected net interest income for the twelve months ending December 31, 2011 under the interest rate shock scenarios stated.  The table was prepared as of December 31, 2010, using a prime interest rate of 3.25%.

 

Sensitivity Analysis of Impact of Rate Changes on Interest Income

 

HYPOTHETICAL
CHANGE IN RATES

 

PROJECTED NET
INTEREST
INCOME

 

$ CHANGE FROM
RATES AT
December 31, 2011

 

% CHANGE FROM

RATES AT
December 31, 2011

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UP 300 bp

 

$

34,111

 

$

3,198

 

10.35

%

UP 200 bp

 

32,906

 

1,993

 

6.45

%

UP 100 bp

 

31,770

 

857

 

2.77

%

UNCHANGED

 

30,913

 

 

 

DOWN 25 bp

 

30,758

 

(156

)

(0.50

)%

 

60



Table of Contents

 

Assumptions are inherently uncertain, and, consequently, the model cannot precisely measure net interest income or precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income.  Actual results will differ from simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, as well as changes in market conditions and management strategies which might moderate the negative consequences of interest rate deviations.

 

There is no material change in our current market risk exposure from the market risk exposure we experienced in 2010.  The outcome of the sensitivity analysis conducted for 2009 was essentially the same as 2010.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has issued disclosure guidance for “critical accounting policies.”  The SEC defines “critical accounting policies” as those that require application of management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in future periods.

 

Our accounting policies are integral to understanding the results reported.  Our significant accounting policies are described in detail in Note 1 in the audited Consolidated Financial Statements.  Not all of the significant accounting policies presented in Note 1 of the audited Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments or estimates.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.  On an ongoing basis, management evaluates the estimates used.  Estimates are based upon historical experience, current economic conditions and other factors that management considers reasonable under the circumstances.

 

These estimates result in judgments regarding the carrying values of assets and liabilities when these values are not readily available from other sources, as well as assessing and identifying the accounting treatments of contingencies and commitments.  Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions.

 

Accounting Principles Generally Accepted in the United States of America

 

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).

 

We follow accounting policies typical to the commercial banking industry and in compliance with various regulation and guidelines as established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB), Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB), the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA), and the Bank’s primary federal regulator, the FDIC.  The following is a brief description of our current accounting policies involving significant management judgments.

 

Allowance for Credit Losses

 

Our most significant management accounting estimate is the appropriate level for the allowance for credit losses.  The allowance for credit losses is established to absorb known and inherent losses attributable to loans outstanding.  The adequacy of the allowance is monitored on an on-going basis and is based on our management’s evaluation of numerous factors.  These factors include the quality of the current loan portfolio, the trend in the loan portfolio’s risk ratings, current economic conditions, loan concentrations, loan growth rates, past-due and nonperforming trends, evaluation of specific loss estimates for all significant problem loans, historical charge-off and recovery experience and other pertinent information. See Note 1 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report for more detail regarding our allowance for credit losses.

 

The calculation of the allowance for credit losses is by nature inexact, as the allowance represents our management’s best estimate of the probable losses inherent in our credit portfolios at the reporting date.  These credit losses will occur in the future, and as such cannot be determined with absolute certainty at the reporting date.

 

61



Table of Contents

 

Impairment of Investment Securities

 

Investment securities are impaired when the amortized cost exceeds fair value.  Investment securities are evaluated for impairment on at least a quarterly basis and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation to determine whether a decline in their value is other than temporary.  Management utilizes criteria such as the magnitude and duration of the decline and the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value, in addition to the reasons underlying the decline, to determine whether the loss in value is other than temporary.  The term “other than temporary” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the prospects for a near-term recovery of value is not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment.  Once a decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary and we do not intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell the security before recovery, only the portion of the impairment loss representing credit exposure is recognized as a charge to earnings, with the balance recognized as a charge to other comprehensive income.  If management intends to sell the security or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovering its forecasted cost, the entire impairment loss is recognized as a charge to earnings.

 

Amortization of Premiums/Discount Accretion on Investments

 

We invest in Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMO) and Mortgage Backed Securities, (MBS) as part of the overall strategy to increase our net interest margin.  CMOs and MBS by their nature react to changes in interest rates.  In a normal declining rate environment, prepayments from MBS and CMOs would be expected to increase and the expected life of the investment would be expected to shorten.  Conversely, if interest rates increase, prepayments normally would be expected to decline and the average life of the MBS and CMOs would be expected to extend.  However, in the current economic environment, prepayments may not behave according to historical norms.  Premium amortization and discount accretion of these investments affects our net interest income.  Our management monitors the prepayment speed of these investments and adjusts premium amortization and discount accretion based on several factors.  These factors include the type of investment, the investment structure, interest rates, interest rates on new mortgage loans, expectation of interest rate changes, current economic conditions, the level of principal remaining on the bond, the bond coupon rate, the bond origination date, and volume of available bonds in market.  The calculation of premium amortization and discount accretion is by nature inexact, and represents management’s best estimate of principal pay downs inherent in the total investment portfolio.

 

Goodwill

 

Business combinations involving the Company’s acquisition of the equity interests or net assets of another enterprise or the assumption of net liabilities in an acquisition of branches constituting a business may give rise to goodwill.  Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired entity over the net of the amounts assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed in transactions accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.  The value of goodwill is ultimately derived from the Company’s ability to generate net earnings after the acquisition.  A decline in net earnings could be indicative of a decline in the fair value of goodwill and result in impairment.  For that reason, goodwill is assessed for impairment at a reporting unit level at least annually or more often if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the Company below its carrying amount.  While the Company believes all assumptions utilized in its assessment of goodwill for impairment are reasonable and appropriate, changes could cause the Company to record impairment in the future.

 

Share-Based Compensation

 

The Company recognizes compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of all share-based payments which consist of stock options granted to directors and employees.  The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant and amortized over the service period using a Black-Scholes-Merton based option valuation model that requires the use of assumptions to estimate the grant date fair value.  The estimates are based on assumptions on the expected option life, the level of estimated forfeitures, expected stock volatility and the risk-free interest rate.  The calculation of the fair value of share based payments is by nature inexact, and represents management’s best estimate of the grant date fair value of the share based payments.  See Note 1 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report.

 

Accounting for Income Taxes

 

The Company files its income taxes on a consolidated basis with its subsidiary.  The allocation of income tax expense (benefit) represents each entity’s proportionate share of the consolidated provision for income taxes.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.  On the balance sheet, net deferred tax assets are included in accrued interest receivable and other assets.

 

The determination of the amount of deferred income tax assets which are more likely than not to be realized is primarily dependent on projections of future earnings, which are subject to uncertainty and estimates that may change given economic conditions and other factors.  The realization of deferred income tax assets is assessed and a valuation allowance is recorded if is “more likely than not” that all or a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.  “More likely than not” is defined as greater than a 50% chance.  All available evidence, both positive and negative is considered to determine whether, based on the weight of that evidence, a valuation allowance is needed.

 

62



Table of Contents

 

Only tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are recognized.  The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any.  Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions.  Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority.  The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the accompanying balance sheet along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination.  Interest expense and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits are classified as income tax expense in the consolidated statement of income.

 

INFLATION

 

The impact of inflation on a financial institution differs significantly from that exerted on other industries primarily because the assets and liabilities of financial institutions consist largely of monetary items.  However, financial institutions are affected by inflation in part through non-interest expenses, such as salaries and occupancy expenses, and to some extent by changes in interest rates.

 

At December 31, 2010, we do not believe that inflation will have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.  However, if inflation concerns cause short term rates to rise in the near future, we may benefit by immediate repricing of a portion of our loan portfolio.  Refer to Market Risk section for further discussion.

 

63



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 8 -                                                 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Shareholders and Board of Directors

Central Valley Community Bancorp
and Subsidiaries

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Central Valley Community Bancorp and subsidy (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010.  These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement.  The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over financial reporting.  Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Central Valley Community Bancorp and subsidy as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Perry-Smith LLP

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sacramento, California

 

 

March 16, 2011

 

 

 

64



Table of Contents

 

CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

11,357

 

$

13,857

 

Interest-earning deposits in other banks

 

89,042

 

34,544

 

Federal funds sold

 

600

 

279

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

100,999

 

48,680

 

Available-for-sale investment securities (Amortized cost of $189,682 at December 31, 2010 and $199,744 at December 31, 2009)

 

191,325

 

197,319

 

Loans, less allowance for credit losses of $11,014 at December 31, 2010 and $10,200 at December 31, 2009

 

420,583

 

449,007

 

Bank premises and equipment, net

 

5,843

 

6,525

 

Other real estate owned

 

1,325

 

2,832

 

Bank owned life insurance

 

11,390

 

10,998

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

3,050

 

3,140

 

Goodwill

 

23,577

 

23,577

 

Core deposit intangibles

 

1,198

 

1,612

 

Accrued interest receivable and other assets

 

18,304

 

21,798

 

Total assets

 

$

777,594

 

$

765,488

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing

 

$

173,867

 

$

159,630

 

Interest bearing

 

476,628

 

480,537

 

Total deposits

 

650,495

 

640,167

 

Short-term borrowings

 

10,000

 

5,000

 

Long-term debt

 

4,000

 

14,000

 

Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures

 

5,155

 

5,155

 

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

 

10,553

 

9,943

 

Total liabilities

 

680,203

 

674,265

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, no par value, $1,000 per share liquidation preference; 10,000,000 shares authorized;

 

 

 

 

 

Series A, no par value, 7,000 shares issued and outstanding

 

6,864

 

6,819

 

Series B, no par value, issued and outstanding none at December 31, 2010 and 1,359 at December 31, 2009

 

 

1,317

 

Common stock, no par value; 80,000,000 authorized; issued and outstanding 9,109,154 at December 31, 2010 and 8,949,754 at December 31, 2009

 

38,428

 

37,611

 

Non-voting common stock, 1,000,000 authorized; issued and outstanding 258,862 at December 31, 2010 and none at December 31, 2009

 

1,317

 

 

Retained earnings

 

49,815

 

46,931

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

967

 

(1,455

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

97,391

 

91,223

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

777,594

 

$

765,488

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

65



 

Table of Contents

 

CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

For the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and fees on loans

 

$

27,390

 

$

29,920

 

$

25,631

 

Interest on deposits in other banks

 

110

 

8

 

39

 

Interest on Federal funds sold

 

2

 

48

 

251

 

Interest and dividends on investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable

 

5,472

 

7,701

 

4,806

 

Exempt from Federal income taxes

 

3,039

 

3,057

 

1,118

 

Total interest income

 

36,013

 

40,734

 

31,845

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on deposits

 

3,713

 

5,867

 

6,340

 

Interest on junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures

 

102

 

129

 

46

 

Other

 

468

 

631

 

892

 

Total interest expense

 

4,283

 

6,627

 

7,278

 

Net interest income before provision for credit losses

 

31,730

 

34,107

 

24,567

 

Provision for credit losses

 

3,800

 

10,514

 

1,290

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

 

27,930

 

23,593

 

23,277

 

Non-interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges

 

3,225

 

3,509

 

3,350

 

Appreciation in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance

 

392

 

391

 

268

 

Loan placement fees

 

300

 

231

 

111

 

Gain on disposal of other real estate owned

 

176

 

 

 

Net realized (losses) gains on sales and calls of investment securities

 

(191

)

466

 

165

 

Total impairment on investment securities

 

(3,346

)

 

 

Increase in fair value recognized in other comprehensive income

 

1,759

 

 

 

Net impairment loss recognized in earnings

 

(1,587

)

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank dividends

 

11

 

7

 

118

 

Other income

 

1,395

 

1,246

 

1,178

 

Total non-interest income

 

3,721

 

5,850

 

5,190

 

Non-interest expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

14,871

 

13,926

 

11,578

 

Occupancy and equipment

 

3,867

 

3,812

 

2,890

 

Regulatory assessments

 

1,191

 

1,604

 

330

 

Data processing expense

 

1,197

 

1,316

 

848

 

Advertising

 

669

 

722

 

500

 

Audit and accounting fees

 

496

 

503

 

390

 

Legal fees

 

495

 

330

 

141

 

Other real estate owned

 

1,071

 

479

 

 

Amortization of core deposit intangibles

 

414

 

414

 

231

 

Loss on sale of assets

 

10

 

55

 

 

Other expense

 

4,460

 

4,370

 

4,068

 

Total non-interest expenses

 

28,741

 

27,531

 

20,976

 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

2,910

 

1,912

 

7,491

 

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

 

(369

)

(676

)

2,352

 

Net income

 

$

3,279

 

$

2,588

 

$

5,139

 

Net income

 

$

3,279

 

$

2,588

 

$

5,139

 

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

 

395

 

365

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

2,884

 

$

2,223

 

$

5,139

 

Basic earnings per common share

 

$

0.31

 

$

0.29

 

$

0.83

 

Diluted earnings per common share

 

$

0.31

 

$

0.28

 

$

0.79

 

Cash dividends per common share

 

$

 

$

 

$

0.10

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

66



Table of Contents

 

CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

For the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

Preferred Stock

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

 

Total

 

Total

 

 

 

Series A

 

Series B

 

 

 

 

 

Retained

 

(Loss) Income

 

Shareholders’

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Earnings

 

(Net of Taxes)

 

Equity

 

Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2008

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

5,975,316

 

$

13,571

 

$

40,483

 

$

140

 

$

54,194

 

 

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,139

 

 

5,139

 

$

5,139

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in unrealized gain on available-for-sale investment securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

48

 

48

 

48

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,187

 

Cash dividend - $.10 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(598

)

 

(598

)

 

 

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

(5,436

)

(56

)

 

 

(56

)

 

 

Stock issued for acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

1,628,397

 

16,600

 

 

 

16,600

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

Stock options exercised and related tax benefit

 

 

 

 

 

44,003

 

264

 

 

 

264

 

 

 

Cumulative effect of adopting ASC 715-60 (previously EITF 06-04)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(316

)

 

(316

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

7,642,280

 

30,479

 

44,708

 

188

 

75,375

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

67


 


Table of Contents

 

CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

Preferred Stock

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

 

Total

 

Total

 

 

 

Series A

 

Series B

 

 

 

 

 

Retained

 

Income (Loss)

 

Shareholders’

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Earnings

 

(Net of Taxes)

 

Equity

 

Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2008

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

7,642,280

 

$

30,479

 

$

44,708

 

$

188

 

$

75,375

 

 

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,588

 

 

2,588

 

$

2,588

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale investment securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,643

)

(1,643

)

(1,643

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

945

 

Issuance of preferred stock Series A, net of discount

 

7,000

 

6,775

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,775

 

 

 

Issuance of preferred stock Series B, net of issuance cost

 

 

 

1,359

 

1,317

 

 

 

 

 

1,317

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock , net of issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

1,264,952

 

6,441

 

 

 

6,441

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

225

 

 

 

225

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

284

 

 

 

284

 

 

 

Stock options exercised and related tax benefit

 

 

 

 

 

42,522

 

182

 

 

 

182

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends and accretion of discount

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

(365

)

 

(321

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

 

7,000

 

6,819

 

1,359

 

1,317

 

8,949,754

 

37,611

 

46,931

 

(1,455

)

91,223

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

68



Table of Contents

 

CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

Preferred Stock

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

 

Total

 

Total

 

 

 

Series A

 

Series B

 

 

 

 

 

Retained

 

Income (Loss)

 

Shareholders’

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Earnings

 

(Net of Taxes)

 

Equity

 

Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

 

7,000

 

$

6,819

 

1,359

 

$

1,317

 

8,949,754

 

$

37,611

 

$

46,931

 

$

(1,455

)

$

91,223

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,279

 

 

3,279

 

$

3,279

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale investment securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,422

 

2,422

 

2,422

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,701

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

239

 

 

 

239

 

 

 

Conversion of preferred stock Series, B to common stock - non-voting

 

 

 

(1,359

)

(1,317

)

258,862

 

1,317

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options exercised and related tax benefit

 

 

 

 

 

159,400

 

578

 

 

 

578

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

(395

)

 

(350

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

 

7,000

 

$

6,864

 

 

$

 

9,368,016

 

$

39,745

 

$

49,815

 

$

967

 

$

97,391

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

For the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

3,279

 

$

2,588

 

$

5,139

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in deferred loan fees

 

107

 

174

 

(370

)

Depreciation

 

1,262

 

1,367

 

1,028

 

Accretion

 

(983

)

(1,796

)

(445

)

Amortization

 

2,014

 

414

 

231

 

Stock-based compensation

 

239

 

284

 

100

 

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

 

(28

)

(7

)

(57

)

Provision for credit losses

 

3,800

 

10,514

 

1,290

 

Net other than temporary impairment losses on investment securities

 

1,587

 

300

 

 

Net realized losses (gains) on sales and calls of available-for-sale investment securities

 

191

 

(942

)

(165

)

Net realized losses on sales of held-to-maturity investment securities

 

 

176

 

 

Net loss on sale and disposal of equipment

 

10

 

55

 

 

Net gain on sale of other real estate owned

 

(66

)

 

 

Write down of other real estate owned and other property

 

638

 

356

 

 

Increase in bank owned life insurance, net of expenses

 

(392

)

(190

)

(269

)

Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends

 

 

 

(118

)

Net decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable and other assets

 

3,281

 

(1,106

)

(426

)

Net decrease (increase) in prepaid FDIC assessments

 

981

 

(3,740

)

 

Net increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable and other liabilities

 

594

 

(2,259

)

294

 

(Benefit) provision for deferred income taxes

 

(2,337

)

788

 

(556

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

14,177

 

6,976

 

5,676

 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents acquired in acquisition

 

 

 

2,132

 

Purchases of available-for-sale investment securities

 

(39,985

)

(82,178

)

(57,484

)

Purchases of held-to-maturity investment securities

 

 

(410

)

(7,466

)

Proceeds from sales or calls of available-for-sale investment securities

 

19,594

 

40,407

 

12,327

 

Proceeds from calls of held-to-maturity investment securities

 

 

1,474

 

 

Proceeds from maturity of available-for-sale investment securities

 

157

 

2,923

 

9,000

 

Proceeds from principal repayments of available-for-sale investment securities

 

27,901

 

29,954

 

18,525

 

Proceeds from principal repayments of held-to-maturity investment securities

 

 

2,793

 

501

 

Net decrease (increase) in loans

 

21,214

 

14,379

 

(24,666

)

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned

 

4,203

 

 

 

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

(595

)

(991

)

(1,092

)

Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment

 

5

 

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock redeemed

 

90

 

 

 

Proceeds from bank owned life insurance

 

 

430

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

32,584

 

8,781

 

(48,223

)

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in demand, interest-bearing and savings deposits

 

33,877

 

16,415

 

26,676

 

Net (decrease) increase in time deposits

 

(23,548

)

(11,306

)

12,332

 

Proceeds from issuance of Series A preferred stock and warrants

 

 

7,000

 

 

Net proceeds from issuance of Series B preferred stock

 

 

1,317

 

 

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

 

6,441

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

70



Table of Contents

 

CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Proceeds from short-term borrowings from Federal Home Loan Bank

 

 

10,000

 

135,500

 

Proceeds from long-term borrowings from Federal Home Loan Bank

 

 

 

19,000

 

Repayments of short-term borrowings to Federal Home Loan Bank

 

(5,000

)

(10,000

)

(165,500

)

Net increase in short-term borrowings

 

 

 

2,803

 

Repayments of borrowings from other financial institutions

 

 

(6,367

)

 

Share repurchase and retirement

 

 

 

(56

)

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

550

 

175

 

207

 

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

 

28

 

7

 

57

 

Cash dividend payments on common stock

 

 

 

(598

)

Cash dividend payments on preferred stock

 

(349

)

(277

)

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

5,558

 

13,405

 

30,421

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

52,319

 

29,162

 

(12,126

)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR

 

48,680

 

19,518

 

31,644

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR

 

$

100,999

 

$

48,680

 

$

19,518

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

4,485

 

$

6,983

 

$

6,926

 

Income taxes

 

$

301

 

$

690

 

$

3,209

 

Non-cash investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net pre-tax change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale investment securities

 

$

4,068

 

$

(2,738

)

$

79

 

Cumulative effect of adopting ASC 715-60 (previously EITF 06-04)

 

 

 

(316

)

Non-cash financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer of loans to other real estate owned

 

$

3,467

 

$

3,921

 

$

 

Accrued preferred stock dividends

 

$

45

 

$

44

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Schedule Related to Acquisitions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of Service 1st Bancorp:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

 

 

 

$

193,488

 

Fed funds purchased

 

 

 

 

 

3,565

 

Short-term borrowings from Federal Home Loan Bank

 

 

 

 

 

10,000

 

Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures

 

 

 

 

 

5,155

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

4,220

 

Loans, net

 

 

 

 

 

(116,028

)

Goodwill and intangibles

 

 

 

 

 

(16,239

)

Premises and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

(1,070

)

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

 

 

 

 

(1,000

)

Investment securities

 

 

 

 

 

(83,099

)

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

(9,644

)

Bank owned life insurance

 

 

 

 

 

(3,816

)

Stock issued

 

 

 

 

 

16,600

 

Cash and cash equivalents acquired, net of cash paid

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,132

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

71



Table of Contents

 

Central Valley Community Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1.              SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

General

 

Central Valley Community Bancorp (the “Company”) was incorporated on February 7, 2000 and subsequently obtained approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to be a bank holding company in connection with its acquisition of Central Valley Community Bank (the “Bank”).  The Company became the sole shareholder of the Bank on November 15, 2000 in a statutory merger, pursuant to which each outstanding share of the Bank’s common stock was exchanged for one share of common stock of the Company.

 

The Bank of Madera County (BMC) was merged with and into the Bank on January 1, 2005.  The transaction was a combination of cash and stock and was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.  BMC had two branches in Madera County which continue to be operated by the Bank.

 

Service 1st Bancorp (Service 1st) and Service 1st Bank (S1 Bank) were merged with and into the Company and the Bank, respectively, on November 13, 2008.  The transaction was a combination of cash and stock and was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the operating results of the Company only include the operations of Service 1st subsequent to the acquisition.  Service 1st Bank had three branches in Tracy, Stockton and Lodi, California, which continue to be operated by the Bank.

 

Service 1st Capital Trust I (the “Trust”) is a business trust formed by Service 1st for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities.  The Company succeeded to all the rights and obligations of Service 1st in connection with the acquisition of Service 1st.  The Trust is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

The Bank operates 17 full service offices in Clovis, Fresno, west and northeast Fresno County, Madera County, Tracy, Stockton, Lodi, Merced, Modesto, and Sacramento, California.  The Bank’s primary source of revenue is providing loans to customers who are predominately small and middle-market businesses and individuals.

 

The deposits of the Bank are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to applicable legal limits.  The FDIC implemented unlimited deposit insurance coverage on non-interest bearing transaction accounts beginning December 31, 2010, and ending December 31, 2012, as mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act.  This coverage replaces the unlimited coverage under the Transaction Account Guarantee Program.  Coverage under this program is confined to non-interest bearing accounts and does not cover interest-bearing NOW accounts but does include Interest on Lawyers Trust Accounts (IOLTAs). Coverage on all other accounts including interest bearing NOW accounts is limited to $250,000 beginning January 1, 2011.

 

The accounting and reporting policies of Central Valley Community Bancorp and Subsidiary conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and prevailing practices within the banking industry.

 

Management has determined that because all of the banking products and services offered by the Company are available in each branch of the Bank, all branches are located within the same economic environment and management does not allocate resources based on the performance of different lending or transaction activities, it is appropriate to aggregate the Bank branches and report them as a single operating segment.  No customer accounts for more than 10 percent of revenues for the Company or the Bank.

 

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior years’ balances to conform to classifications used in 2010.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the consolidated accounts of its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank.

 

For financial reporting purposes, Service 1st Capital Trust I, a wholly-owned subsidiary acquired in the merger of Service 1st Bancorp (see Note 2) and formed for the exclusive purpose of issuing trust preferred securities, is not consolidated into the Company’s consolidated financial statements and, accordingly, is accounted for under the equity method.  The Company’s investment in the Trust is included in accrued interest receivable and other assets on the consolidated balance sheet.  The junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures issued and guaranteed by the Company and held by the Trust are reflected as debt in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions.  These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash, due from banks and Federal funds sold are considered to be cash equivalents.  Generally, Federal funds are sold for one-day periods.

 

72



Table of Contents

 

Investment Securities

 

Investments are classified into the following categories:

 

·                  Available-for-sale securities, reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported, net of taxes, as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within shareholders’ equity.

 

·                  Held-to-maturity securities, which management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity, reported at amortized cost, adjusted for the accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums.

 

Management determines the appropriate classification of its investments at the time of purchase and may only change the classification in certain limited circumstances.  All transfers between categories are accounted for at fair value. For the year ended December 31, 2010, there were no transfers between categories. During 2009, one security was transferred from held-to-maturity to available-for-sale.  At December 31, 2010, the Company had no held-to-maturity securities.

 

Gains or losses on the sale of investment securities are computed on the specific identification method.  Interest earned on investment securities is reported in interest income, net of applicable adjustments for accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums.

 

An investment security is impaired when its carrying value is greater than its fair value.  Investment securities that are impaired are evaluated on at least a quarterly basis and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation to determine whether such a decline in their fair value is other than temporary.  Management utilizes criteria such as the magnitude and duration of the decline and the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value, in addition to the reasons underlying the decline, to determine whether the loss in value is other than temporary.  The term “other than temporary” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the prospects for a near-term recovery of value is not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment.  Once a decline in value is determined to be other than temporary, and management does not intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the security before recovery, only the portion of the impairment loss representing credit exposure is recognized as a charge to earnings, with the balance recognized as a charge to other comprehensive income.  If management intends to sell the security or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovering its forecasted cost, the entire impairment loss is recognized as a charge to earnings.

 

Loans

 

Loans are stated at principal balances outstanding.  Interest is accrued daily based upon outstanding loan balances.  However, when, in the opinion of management, loans are considered impaired and the future collectibility of interest and principal is in serious doubt, a loan is placed on nonaccrual status and the accrual of interest income is suspended.  Any interest accrued but unpaid is charged against income.  Payments received are applied to reduce principal to ensure collection.  Subsequent payments on these loans, or payments received on nonaccrual loans for which the ultimate collectibility of principal is not in doubt, are applied first to principal until fully collected and then to interest.

 

Substantially all loan origination fees, commitment fees, direct loan origination costs and purchase premiums and discounts on loans are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of yield, and amortized to interest income over the contractual term of the loan.  The unamortized balance of deferred fees and costs is reported as a component of net loans.

 

The Company may acquire loans through a business combination or a purchase for which differences may exist between the contractual cash flows and the cash flows expected to be collected due, at least in part, to credit quality.  When the Company acquires such loans, the yield that may be accreted (accretable yield) is limited to the excess of the Company’s estimate of undiscounted cash flows expected to be collected over the Company’s initial investment in the loan.  The excess of contractual cash flows over cash flows expected to be collected may not be recognized as an adjustment to yield, loss, or a valuation allowance.  Subsequent increases in cash flows expected to be collected generally are recognized prospectively through adjustment of the loan’s yield over its remaining life.  Decreases in cash flows expected to be collected are recognized as an impairment.  The Company does not “carry over” or create a valuation allowance in the initial accounting for loans acquired under these circumstances.

 

At December 31, 2010, the Company has loans that were acquired through the merger with Service 1st for which there was, at acquisition, evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination and for which it was probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments would not be collected.

 

Loans acquired for which it was probable at acquisition that all contractually required payments would not be collected are as follows (in thousands):

 

Contractually required payments at acquisition:

 

 

 

Commercial

 

$

1,582

 

Real estate

 

10,650

 

Consumer

 

149

 

Outstanding balance at acquisition

 

$

12,381

 

Fair value at acquisition

 

$

8,927

 

 

Subsequent to the acquisition, all of these loans were placed on nonaccrual status.  In 2010, the Bank foreclosed on one loan and the current carrying value is included in other real estate owned (OREO) at December 31, 2010. In 2009, the Bank foreclosed on one loan and the carrying value was included in OREO at December 31, 2009.  The property was sold in 2010 and is not included in OREO at December 31, 2010.  The outstanding contractual balance and carrying amount of loans and OREO acquired through the merger with Service 1st for which the carrying value was adjusted due to credit quality are as follows at December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands):

 

73



Table of Contents

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

$

1,479

 

$

1,479

 

Real estate

 

2,455

 

5,185

 

Consumer

 

147

 

147

 

Outstanding contractual balance

 

$

4,081

 

$

6,811

 

Carrying amount at December 31 included in loans

 

$

1,385

 

$

3,620

 

Carrying amount at December 31 included in OREO

 

745

 

2,464

 

Total at December 31

 

$

2,130

 

$

6,084

 

 

Allowance for Credit Losses

 

The allowance for credit losses is an estimate of credit losses inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio that have been incurred as of the balance-sheet date.  The allowance is established through a provision for credit losses which is charged to expense.  Additions to the allowance are expected to maintain the adequacy of the total allowance after credit losses and loan growth.  Credit exposures determined to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance.  Cash received on previously charged off amounts is recorded as a recovery to the allowance.  The overall allowance consists of two primary components, specific reserves related to impaired loans and general reserves for inherent losses related to loans that are not impaired.

 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due, including principal and interest, according to the contractual terms of the original agreement.  Loans determined to be impaired are individually evaluated for impairment.  When a loan is impaired, the Company measures impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, except that as a practical expedient, it may measure impairment based on a loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  A loan is collateral dependent if the repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the underlying collateral.

 

A restructuring of a debt constitutes a troubled debt restructuring (TDR) if the Company for economic or legal reasons related to the debtor’s financial difficulties grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider.  Restructured workout loans typically present an elevated level of credit risk as the borrowers are not able to perform according to the original contractual terms.  Loans that are reported as TDRs are considered impaired and measured for impairment as described above.

 

The determination of the general reserve for loans that are not impaired is based on estimates made by management,  including but not limited to, consideration of historical losses by portfolio segment, internal asset classifications, and qualitative factors including economic trends in the Company’s service areas, industry experience and trends, geographic concentrations, estimated collateral values, the Company’s underwriting policies, the character of the loan portfolio, and probable losses inherent in the portfolio taken as a whole.

 

The Company maintains a separate allowance for each portfolio segment.  These portfolio segments include commercial and industrial, agricultural land and production, owner occupied real estate, real estate construction (including land and development loans), commercial real estate, equity loans and lines of credit, consumer loans and financing leases.  The allowance for credit losses attributable to each portfolio segment, which includes both impaired loans and loans that are not impaired, is combined to determine the Company’s overall allowance, which is included on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

The Company assigns a risk rating to all loans, except pools of homogeneous loans, and periodically performs detailed reviews of all such loans over a certain threshold to identify credit risks and to assess the overall collectability of the portfolio.  These risk ratings are also subject to examination by independent specialists engaged by the Company and the Company’s regulators.  During these internal reviews, management monitors and analyzes the financial condition of borrowers and guarantors, trends in the industries in which borrowers operate and the fair values of collateral securing these loans.  These credit quality indicators are used to assign a risk rating to each individual loan.  The risk ratings can be grouped into five major categories, defined as follows:

 

Pass — A pass loan is a strong credit with no existing or known potential weaknesses deserving of management’s close attention.

 

Special Mention — A special mention loan has potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention.  If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or in the Company’s credit position at some future date.  Special Mention loans are not adversely classified and do not expose the Company to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.

 

Substandard — A substandard loan is not adequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the borrower or the value of the collateral pledged, if any.  Loans classified as substandard have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt.  Well defined weaknesses include a project’s lack of marketability, inadequate cash flow or collateral support, failure to complete construction on time or the project’s failure to fulfill economic expectations.  They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

 

74



Table of Contents

 

Doubtful — Loans classified doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently known facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable.  The possibility of loss is extremely high, but because of certain important and reasonably specific pending factors, which may work to the advantage and strengthening of the asset, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred until its more exact status may be determined.  Pending factors include proposed merger, acquisition, or liquidation procedures, capital injection, perfecting liens on additional collateral, and refinancing plans.  Doubtful classification is considered temporary and short term.

 

Loss — Loans classified as loss are considered uncollectible and charged off immediately.

 

The general reserve component of the allowance for loan losses also consists of reserve factors that are based on management’s assessment of the following for each portfolio segment: (1) inherent credit risk, (2) historical losses and (3) other qualitative factors.  Inherent credit risk and qualitative reserve factors are inherently subjective and are driven by the repayment risk associated with each class of loans described below.

 

Commercial:

 

Commercial and industrial — Commercial and industrial loans generally possess a lower inherent risk of loss than real estate portfolio segments because these loans are generally underwritten to existing cash flows of operating businesses.  Debt coverage is provided by business cash flows and economic trends influenced by unemployment rates and other key economic indicators are closely correlated to the credit quality of these loans.

 

Agricultural land and production — Loans secured by crop production and livestock are especially vulnerable to two risk factors that are largely outside the control of Company and borrowers: commodity prices and weather conditions.

 

Lease Financing Receivables — Participations either acquired in the Service 1st acquisition; principally funding airplanes or self transport of personal property.  Also funds provided to fund solar applications.  Continued funding in this category has significantly decreased and assessment of risk is found in increased fuel costs.  In addition unemployment, “Green” environmental influences and other key economic indicators are closely tied to credit quality.

 

Real Estate:

 

Owner Occupied — Real estate collateral secured by commercial or professional properties with repayment arising from the owner’s business cash flow.  To meet this classification, the owner’s operation must occupy no less than 50% of the real estate held.  Financial profitability and capacity to meet the cyclical nature of the industry and related real estate market over a significant timeframe is essential.

 

Real estate construction and other land loans — Land and construction loans generally possess a higher inherent risk of loss than other real estate portfolio segments.  A major risk arises from the necessity to complete projects within specified cost and time lines.  Trends in the construction industry significantly impact the credit quality of these loans, as demand drives construction activity.  In addition, trends in real estate values significantly impact the credit quality of these loans, as property values determine the economic viability of construction projects.

 

Commercial real estate — Commercial real estate loans generally possess a higher inherent risk of loss than other real estate portfolio segments, except land and construction loans.  Adverse economic developments or an overbuilt market impact commercial real estate projects and may result in troubled loans.  Trends in vacancy rates of commercial properties impact the credit quality of these loans.  High vacancy rates reduce operating revenues and the ability for properties to produce sufficient cash flow to service debt obligations.

 

Other Real Estate — Primarily Loans secured by agricultural real estate for development and production of permanent plantings have not reached maximum yields.  Also real estate loans where agricultural vertical integration exists in packing and shipping of commodities.  Risk is primarily based on liquidity of borrower to sustain payment during the development period.  In addition weather conditions and commodity prices within obligor’s existing agricultural production may affect repayment.

 

Consumer

 

Equity loans and  lines of credit — The degree of risk in residential real estate lending depends primarily on the loan amount in relation to collateral value, the interest rate and the borrower’s ability to repay in an orderly fashion.  These loans generally possess a lower inherent risk of loss than other real estate portfolio segments.  Economic trends determined by unemployment rates and other key economic indicators are closely correlated to the credit quality of these loans.  Weak economic trends indicate that the borrowers’ capacity to repay their obligations may be deteriorating.

 

Consumer and installment — An installment loan portfolio is usually comprised of a large number of small loans scheduled to be amortized over a specific period.  Most installment loans are made directly for consumer purchases, but business loans granted for the purchase of heavy equipment or industrial vehicles may also be included. Consumer loans included credit card and other open ended unsecured consumer receivables. Credit card receivables and open ended unsecured receivables generally have a higher rate of default than all other portfolio segments and are also impacted by weak economic conditions and trends.  Credit card receivables and open ended unsecured receivables in homogeneous loan portfolio segments are not evaluated for specific impairment.

 

Although management believes the allowance to be adequate, ultimate losses may vary from its estimates.  At least quarterly, the Board of Directors reviews the adequacy of the allowance, including consideration of the relative risks in the portfolio, current economic conditions and other factors.  If the Board of Directors and management determine that changes are warranted based on those reviews, the allowance is adjusted.  In addition, the Company’s primary regulators, the FDIC and California Department of Financial Institutions, as an integral part of their examination process, review the adequacy of the allowance.  These regulatory agencies may require additions to the allowance based on their judgment about information available at the time of their examinations.

 

75



Table of Contents

 

Bank Premises and Equipment

 

Bank premises and equipment are carried at cost.  Depreciation is determined using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets.  The useful lives of Bank premises are estimated to be between twenty and forty years.  The useful lives of improvements to Bank premises, furniture, fixtures and equipment are estimated to be three to ten years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the life of the asset or the term of the related lease, whichever is shorter.  When assets are sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in income for the period.  The cost of maintenance and repairs is charged to expense as incurred.

 

The Bank evaluates premises and equipment for financial impairment as events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be fully recoverable.

 

Other Real Estate Owned

 

Other real estate owned (OREO) is comprised of property acquired through foreclosure proceedings or acceptance of deeds-in-lieu of foreclosure.  Losses recognized at the time of acquiring property in full or partial satisfaction of debt are charged against the allowance for credit losses.  OREO is initially recorded at fair value less estimated disposition costs.  Fair value of OREO is generally based on an independent appraisal of the property.  Subsequent to initial measurement, OREO is carried at the lower of the recorded investment or fair value less costs to sell.  Revenues and expenses associated with OREO, and subsequent adjustment to the fair value of the property and to the estimated costs of disposal, are realized and reported as a component of noninterest expense when incurred.

 

Goodwill

 

Business combinations involving the Bank’s acquisition of the equity interests or net assets of another enterprise give rise to goodwill.  Total goodwill at December 31, 2010 was $23,577,000 consisting of $14,643,000 and $8,934,000 representing the excess of the cost of Service 1st Bank and Bank of Madera County, respectively, over the net of the amounts assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transactions accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.  The value of goodwill is ultimately derived from the Bank’s ability to generate net earnings after the acquisitions and is not deductible for tax purposes.  A decline in net earnings could be indicative of a decline in the fair value of goodwill and result in impairment.  For that reason, goodwill is assessed at least annually for impairment.

 

In conjunction with the Company’s annual review during the third quarter of 2010, management engaged an independent valuation specialist to test goodwill for impairment.  Goodwill impairment testing is a two step process.  The first step compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill.  If the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the impairment loss, if any.  If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value, then goodwill is not impaired and step two is unnecessary.  Since the Company is considered to be one reporting unit, the fair value of the Company was compared to the carrying value.  Based on the results of the testing performed, the fair value of the Company exceeded the carrying value so step two was not required and goodwill was not impaired.  The fair value of the Company was determined based on an analysis of three different valuation methods including the analysis of discounted future cash flows, comparable whole bank transactions, and the Company’s market capitalization plus a control premium.

 

Goodwill is also tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the Company below its carrying amount.  No such events or circumstances arose during the fourth quarter of 2010, so goodwill was not required to be retested.

 

Intangible Assets

 

The intangible assets at December 31, 2010 represent the estimated fair value of the core deposit relationships acquired in the acquisition of Service 1st Bank in 2008 of $1,400,000 and the 2005 acquisition of Bank of Madera County of $1,500,000.  Core deposit intangibles are being amortized using the straight-line method over an estimated life of seven years from the date of acquisition.  The carrying value of intangible assets at December 31, 2010 was $1,198,000, net of $1,702,000 in accumulated amortization expense.  The carrying value at December 31, 2009 was $1,612,000, net of $1,288,000 accumulated amortization expense.  Management evaluates the remaining useful lives quarterly to determine whether events or circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining periods of amortization.  Based on the evaluation, no changes to the remaining useful lives was required.  Management engaged an independent valuation specialist to perform an annual impairment test on core deposit intangibles as of September 30, 2010 and determined no impairment was necessary. Amortization expense recognized was $414,000 for 2010 and 2009, and $231,000 for 2008.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company files its income taxes on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiary.  The allocation of income tax expense (benefit) represents each entity’s proportionate share of the consolidated provision for (benefit from)  income taxes.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.  On the balance sheet, net deferred tax assets are included in accrued interest receivable and other assets.

 

76



Table of Contents

 

The determination of the amount of deferred income tax assets which are more likely than not to be realized is primarily dependent on projections of future earnings, which are subject to uncertainty and estimates that may change given economic conditions and other factors.  The realization of deferred income tax assets is assessed and a valuation allowance is recorded if it is “more likely than not” that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  “More likely than not” is defined as greater than a 50% chance.  All available evidence, both positive and negative is considered to determine whether, based on the weight of that evidence, a valuation allowance is needed.  Based upon our analysis of available evidence, we have determined that it is “more likely than not” that all of our deferred income tax assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 will be fully realized and therefore no valuation allowance was recorded.

 

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes

 

The Company uses a comprehensive model for recognizing, measuring, presenting and disclosing in the financial statements tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return.  A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is more likely than not that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur.  The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination.  For tax positions not meeting the more likely than not test, no tax benefit is recorded.

 

Interest expense and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits, if any, are classified as income tax expense in the consolidated statement of income.

 

Earnings Per Share

 

Basic earnings per share (EPS), which excludes dilution, is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders (net income after deducting dividends on preferred stock and accretion of discount) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period.  Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock, such as stock options or warrants, result in the issuance of common stock which shares in the earnings of the Company.  All data with respect to computing earnings per share is retroactively adjusted to reflect stock dividends and splits and the treasury stock method is applied to determine the dilutive effect of stock options in computing diluted EPS.

 

Share-Based Compensation

 

The Company has two share-based compensation plans, the Central Valley Community Bancorp 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan and the 2000 Stock Option Plan, all of which were approved by the shareholders of the Company.  The Plans do not provide for the settlement of awards in cash and new shares are issued upon option exercise or restricted share grants.  These plans are more fully described in Note 14.  The 1992 Stock Option Plan no longer has any options outstanding.

 

In 2010, the Company granted options to purchase 83,000 shares of common stock. In 2009, the Company granted options to purchase 13,500 shares of common stock.  All options were granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the grant date.

 

In December 2008, the Company cancelled options to purchase 90,550 shares of the Company’s common stock granted on October 17, 2007 and options to purchase 15,000 shares of common stock granted on October 1, 2007, and on December 17, 2008 granted options to purchase 105,550 shares of common stock to the directors, senior managers and other employees.  The modification affected 57 employees and eight directors and the total incremental compensation cost recognized for the modification in 2008 was $38,000.  In addition, the Company granted options to purchase 15,000 shares of common stock during 2008.  All options were granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the grant date.

 

The cash flows from the tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options (excess tax benefits) are classified as cash flows from financing activity in the statement of cash flows.  Excess tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 were $28,000, $7,000, and $57,000, respectively.

 

The Company bases the fair value of the options previously granted on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model that uses assumptions based on expected option life, the level of estimated forfeitures, expected stock volatility and the risk-free interest rate.  Stock volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock.  The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve and the expected term of the options.  Historical data is used to determine the expected term of its stock options.

 

The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the following assumptions.

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend yield

 

0.00%

 

0.10%

 

0.10%

 

Expected volatility

 

40% - 44%

 

31% - 38%

 

31%

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

1.47% - 2.43%

 

1.52% - 1.87%

 

2.29%

 

Expected option term

 

6.5 years

 

6.5 years

 

6.5 years

 

 

77



Table of Contents

 

Adoption of New Financial Accounting Standards

 

Transfers of Financial Assets

 

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2009-16, Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets (Statement 166), which amends previously issued accounting guidance to enhance accounting and reporting for transfers of financial assets, including securitizations or continuing exposure to the risks related to transferred financial assets.  Prior to the issuance of Statement 166, transfers under participation agreements and other partial loan sales fell under the general guidance for transfers of financial assets.  Statement 166 introduces a new definition for a participating interest along with the requirement for partial loan sales to meet the definition of a participating interest for sale treatment to occur.  If a participation or other partial loan sale does not meet the definition, the portion sold should remain on the books and the proceeds recorded as a secured borrowing until the definition is met.  Additionally, existing provisions that require the transferred assets to be isolated from the originating institution (transferor), that the transferor does not maintain effective control through certain agreements to repurchase or redeem the transferred assets and that the purchasing institution (transferee) has the right to pledge or exchange the assets acquired were retained.  The new provisions became effective on January 1, 2010 and early adoption was not permitted. The impact of adoption was not material to the Company’s financial position, results of operation or cash flows.

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

In January 2010, the FASB issued FASB ASU 2010-06, Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements, which amends and clarifies existing standards to require additional disclosures regarding fair value measurements.  Specifically, the standard requires disclosure of the amounts of significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and the reasons for these transfers, the reasons for any transfers in or out of Level 3, and information in the reconciliation of recurring Level 3 measurements about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements on a gross basis.  This standard clarifies that reporting entities are required to provide fair value measurement disclosures for each class of assets and liabilities—previously separate fair value disclosures were required for each major category of assets and liabilities.  This standard also clarifies the requirement to disclose information about both the valuation techniques and inputs used in estimating Level 2 and Level 3 fair value measurements.  Except for the requirement to disclose information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the reconciliation of recurring Level 3 measurements on a gross basis, these disclosures are effective for the year ended December 31, 2010.  The requirement to separately disclose purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements of recurring Level 3 measurements becomes effective for the Company for the year beginning on January 1, 2011.  The Company adopted this new accounting standard as of January 1, 2010 and the impact of adoption was not material to the Company’s financial position, results of operation or cash flows.

 

Disclosures about Credit Quality

 

In July 2010, the FASB issued FASB ASU 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses.  ASU 2010-20 requires more robust and disaggregated disclosures about the credit quality of loans and allowances for loan losses, including disclosure about credit quality indicators, past due information and modifications of finance receivables.  The disclosures as of the end of a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on and after December 15, 2010.  The disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010.  The adoption of this guidance has significantly expanded disclosure requirements related to accounting policies and disclosures related to the allowance for loan losses but did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operation or cash flows.

 

 

2.              MERGER OF SERVICE 1ST BANCORP INTO CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANCORP

 

After the close of business on November 12, 2008, the Company and Service 1st completed their previously announced merger and Service 1st was merged into the Company, and the Service 1st subsidiary, S1 Bank merged into the Bank.  The Company acquired 100% of the outstanding common shares of Service 1st and the results of Service 1st’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements beginning November 13, 2008.

 

As of the date of acquisition, Service 1st had total assets at fair value of $221,283,000, comprised of $6,626,000 in cash and due from banks, $83,099,000 in investment securities, $116,028,000 in loans (net of allowance for credit losses of $2,786,000), $1,070,000 in premises and equipment, $3,816,000 in bank owned life insurance and $10,644,000 in other assets.  Total liabilities acquired at fair value amounted to $216,428,000, including $193,488,000 in deposits, $13,565,000 in short-term borrowings, and $5,155,000 in long-term borrowings.

 

78



Table of Contents

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Service 1st since November 13, 2008.  The following supplemental pro forma information discloses selected financial information for the period indicated as though the Service 1st merger had been completed as of the beginning of the period reported.  These results are not necessarily indicative of the results that could have been achieved had the companies operated on a combined basis nor does it include any synergies or cost savings that could have been implemented.  Dollars are in thousands except per share data.  2008 pro forma net income includes non-recurring merger expenses for legal, accounting and other professional fees, net of tax, totaling $595,000.

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

49,666

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,689

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

0.22

 

 

3.              FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 

The estimated carrying and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

December 31, 2009

 

 

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Fair Value

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

11,357

 

$

11,357

 

$

13,857

 

$

13,857

 

Interest-earning deposits in other banks

 

89,042

 

89,042

 

34,544

 

34,544

 

Federal funds sold

 

600

 

600

 

279

 

279

 

Available-for-sale investment securities

 

191,325

 

191,325

 

197,319

 

197,319

 

Loans, net

 

420,583

 

405,876

 

449,007

 

460,238

 

Bank owned life insurance

 

11,390

 

11,390

 

10,998

 

10,998

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

3,050

 

3,050

 

3,140

 

3,140

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

3,467

 

3,467

 

3,608

 

3,608

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

$

650,495

 

$

651,668

 

$

640,167

 

$

641,279

 

Short-term borrowings

 

10,000

 

10,000

 

5,000

 

5,000

 

Long-term debt

 

4,000

 

4,256

 

14,000

 

14,487

 

Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures

 

5,155

 

2,320

 

5,155

 

2,616

 

Accrued interest payable

 

475

 

475

 

416

 

416

 

 

These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument for sale at one time, nor do they attempt to estimate the value of anticipated future business related to the instruments.  In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in any of these estimates.

 

These estimates are made at a specific point in time based on relevant market data and information about the financial instruments.  Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments and other factors.  These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision.  Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the fair values presented.

 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments.  For cash and due from banks, interest-earning deposits in other banks, Federal funds sold, variable-rate loans, bank owned life insurance, accrued interest receivable and payable, Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock, demand deposits and short-term borrowings, the carrying amount is estimated to be fair value.  For investment securities, fair values are based on quoted market prices, quoted market prices for similar securities and indications of value provided by brokers.  The fair values for fixed-rate loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered at each reporting date for loans with similar terms to borrowers of comparable creditworthiness. Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses using interest rates offered at each reporting date by the Company for certificates with similar remaining maturities.  The fair value of long-term debt and subordinated debentures was determined based on the current market for like-kind instruments of a similar maturity and structure.  The fair values of commitments are estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements and are not significant and, therefore, not included in the above table.

 

79



Table of Contents

 

Fair Value Hierarchy

 

In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, the Company groups its assets and liabilities measured at fair value into three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.  Valuations within these levels are based upon:

 

Level 1 — Quoted market prices for identical instruments traded in active exchange markets.

 

Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

Level 3 — Model-based techniques that use at least one significant assumption not observable in the market.  These unobservable assumptions reflect the Company’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use on pricing the asset or liability.  Valuation techniques include management judgment and estimation which may be significant.

 

Management monitors the availability of observable market data to assess the appropriate classification of financial instruments within the fair value hierarchy. Changes in economic conditions or model-based valuation techniques may require the transfer of financial instruments from one fair value level to another. In such instances, we report the transfer at the beginning of the reporting period.

 

Management evaluates the significance of transfers between levels based upon the nature of the financial instrument and size of the transfer relative to total assets, total liabilities or total earnings. During the year ended December 31, 2010 management transferred one CMO security totaling $3,078,000 from Level 3 to Level 2 and other equity securities totaling $7,588,000 from Level 3 to Level 1.  The transfers occurred to correct misclassification errors in prior periods.

 

Assets Recorded at Fair Value

 

The following tables present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2010:

 

Recurring Basis

 

The Company is required or permitted to record the following assets at fair value on a recurring basis under other accounting pronouncements (in thousands).

 

Description

 

Fair Value

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

$

195

 

$

 

$

195

 

$

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

75,050

 

 

75,050

 

 

U.S. Government agencies collateralized by mortgage obligations

 

90,077

 

 

90,077

 

 

Other collateralized mortgage obligations

 

17,838

 

 

17,838

 

 

Corporate debt securities

 

504

 

 

504

 

 

Other equity securities

 

7,661

 

7,661

 

 

 

Total assets and liabilities measured at fair value

 

$

191,325

 

$

7,661

 

$

183,664

 

$

 

 

Securities in Level 1 are mutual funds and fair values are based on quoted market prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.  Fair values for available-for-sale investment securities in Level 2 are based on quoted market prices for similar securities.

 

80



Table of Contents

 

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized as follows for the year ended December 31, 2010 (in thousands).

 

 

 

Balance,
beginning
of year

 

Net
income

 

Other
comprehensive
income

 

Purchases,
sales, and
principal
payments

 

Transfers
into
Level 3

 

Transfers
out of
Level 3

 

Balance,
end of year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other collateralized mortgage obligations

 

$

5,724

 

$

13

 

$

93

 

$

(2,752

)

$

 

$

(3,078

)

$

 

Corporate debt securities

 

785

 

235

 

 

(1,020

)

 

 

 

Other equity securities

 

7,588

 

 

 

 

 

(7,588

)

 

Total assets and liabilities measured at fair value

 

$

14,097

 

$

248

 

$

93

 

$

(3,772

)

$

 

$

(10,666

)

$

 

 

Gains and losses (realized and unrealized) included in earnings (or changes in net assets) for the year ended December 31, 2010 totaled $248,000 and were included in non-interest income.

 

Non-recurring Basis

 

The Company may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis.  These include assets that are measured at the lower of cost or fair value that were recognized at fair value which was below cost at December 31, 2010 (in thousands).

 

 

Description

 

Fair
Value

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total
Losses in
the Year

 

Impaired loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

980

 

$

 

$

 

$

980

 

$

(248

)

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

1,016

 

 

 

1,016

 

(261

)

Real estate-construction and other land loans

 

4,773

 

 

 

4,773

 

(1,170

)

Commercial real estate

 

679

 

 

 

679

 

(47

)

Other real estate

 

1,865

 

 

 

1,865

 

(420

)

Total impaired loans

 

9,313

 

 

 

9,313

 

(2,146

)

Other real estate owned

 

1,325

 

 

 

1,325

 

(309

)

Other

 

98

 

 

 

98

 

 

Total assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis

 

$

10,736

 

$

 

$

 

$

10,736

 

$

(2,455

)

 

The fair value of impaired loans and other real estate owned is based on the fair value of the collateral for all collateral dependent loans and for other impaired loans is estimated using a discounted cash flow model.  Impaired loans and other real estate owned were determined to be collateral dependent and categorized as Level 3 due to ongoing real estate market conditions resulting in inactive market data, which in turn required the use of unobservable inputs and assumptions in fair value measurements.  There were no changes in valuation techniques used during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

In accordance with the provisions of ASC 360-10, impaired loans with a carrying value of $11,436,000 were written down to their fair value of $9,313,000, resulting in an impairment charge of $2,124,000.  The valuation allowance represents specific allocations for the allowance for credit losses for impaired loans.

 

The fair value of real estate is based on property appraisals at the time of transfer and as appropriate thereafter, less estimated costs to sell.  Other real estate owned is periodically reviewed to determine whether the property continues to be carried at the lower of its recorded book value or estimated fair value, net of estimated selling costs.  In 2010, other real estate properties were written down $309,000 to their estimated fair values of $1,325,000. In 2010, other repossessed assets were recorded at their estimated realizable value of $98,000.

 

The following tables present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2009:

 

81



Table of Contents

 

Recurring Basis

 

The Company is required or permitted to record the following assets at fair value on a recurring basis under other accounting pronouncements as of December 31, 2009 (in thousands).

 

Description

 

Fair Value

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

$

363

 

$

 

$

363

 

$

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

70,812

 

 

70,812

 

 

U.S. Government agencies collateralized by mortgage obligations

 

85,955

 

 

85,955

 

 

Other collateralized mortgage obligations

 

31,270

 

 

25,546

 

5,724

 

Corporate debt securities

 

1,314

 

 

529

 

785

 

Other equity securities

 

7,605

 

17

 

 

7,588

 

Total assets and liabilities measured at fair value

 

$

197,319

 

$

17

 

$

183,205

 

$

14,097

 

 

Securities in Level 1 are mutual funds and fair values are based on quoted market prices for identical instruments traded in active markets  Fair values for available-for-sale investment securities in Level 2, which include debt securities of U.S. Governmental agencies, obligations of states and political subdivisions, collateralized mortgage obligations and corporate debt securities are based on quoted market prices for similar securities.  The securities in Level 3 are not actively traded and therefore the pricing is internally calculated using matrix pricing.

 

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized as follows for the year ended December 31, 2009 (in thousands).

 

 

 

Balance,
beginning
of year

 

Net income

 

Other
comprehensive
income

 

Purchases,
sales, and
principal
payments

 

Transfers
into Level 3

 

Transfers
out of
Level 3

 

Balance,
end of
year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

$

1,045

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

(1,045

)

$

 

U.S. Government agencies collateralized by mortgage obligations

 

5,685

 

192

 

 

 

(2,317

)

 

 

(3,560

)

 

Other collateralized mortgage obligations

 

7,062

 

91

 

641

 

(4,400

)

2,646

 

(316

)

5,724

 

Corporate debt securities

 

785

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

785

 

Other equity securities

 

1,587

 

 

168

 

5,833

 

 

 

7,588

 

Total assets and liabilities measured at fair value

 

$

16,164

 

$

283

 

$

809

 

$

(884

)

$

2,646

 

$

(4,921

)

$

14,097

 

 

Gains and losses (realized and unrealized) included in earnings (or changes in net assets) for the year ended December 31, 2009 totaled $283,000 and were included in non-interest income.

 

82



Table of Contents

 

Non-recurring Basis

 

The Company may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis.  These include assets that are measured at the lower of cost or fair value that were recognized at fair value which was below cost at December 31, 2009 (in thousands).

 

Description

 

Fair Value

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total Losses
in the year

 

Impaired loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

582

 

$

 

$

 

$

582

 

$

(702

)

Other Real estate

 

2,506

 

 

 

2,506

 

(960

)

Real estate construction and other land loans

 

1,605

 

 

 

1,605

 

 

Consumer

 

58

 

 

 

58

 

(1,591

)

Total impaired loans

 

4,751

 

 

 

4,751

 

(3,253

)

Other real estate owned

 

2,832

 

 

 

2,832

 

(356

)

Other

 

47

 

 

 

47

 

(50

)

Total assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis

 

$

7,630

 

$

 

$

 

$

7,630

 

$

(3,659

)

 

The fair value of impaired loans and other real estate owned is based on the fair value of the collateral for all collateral dependent loans and for other impaired loans is estimated using a discounted cash flow model.  Impaired loans and other real estate owned were determined to be collateral dependent and categorized as Level 3 due to ongoing real estate market conditions resulting in inactive market data, which in turn required the use of unobservable inputs and assumptions in fair value measurements.

 

Impaired loans with a carrying value of $9,112,000 were written down to their fair value of $4,751,000 at December 31, 2009. For the period ended December 31, 2009 impairment charges were $3,253,000, which included $2,501,000 in charge offs and specific reserves of $752,000.  The valuation allowance represents specific allocations of the allowance for credit losses for impaired loans.

 

Other real estate properties with carrying amounts totaling $3,189,000 at foreclosure were subsequently written down to their fair values of $2,832,000, resulting in a loss of $356,000 which was included in other expense for the period.  Other repossessed assets with carrying amounts totaling $97,000 were written down to their fair values of $47,000, resulting in a loss of $50,000 which was included in other expense for the period ended December 31, 2009.  In 2010, these other repossessed assets were disposed of and the Company realized losses of $47,000 which was included in other expense for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

4.              INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

The investment portfolio consists primarily of agency securities, mortgage backed securities, and municipal securities all of which are classified as available-for-sale.  As of December 31, 2010, $129,968,000 was held as collateral for borrowing arrangements, public funds, and for other purposes.

 

The fair value of the available-for-sale investment portfolio reflected an unrealized gain of $1,643,000 at December 31, 2010 compared to an unrealized loss of $2,425,000 at December 31, 2009.

 

The following table sets forth the carrying values and estimated fair values of our investment securities portfolio at the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Gross Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross Unrealized
Losses

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Available-for-Sale Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

$

190

 

$

5

 

$

 

$

195

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

74,598

 

1,884

 

(1,432

)

75,050

 

U.S. Government agencies collateralized by mortgage obligations

 

88,105

 

2,092

 

(120

)

90,077

 

Other collateralized mortgage obligations

 

18,661

 

506

 

(1,329

)

17,838

 

Corporate debt securities

 

500

 

4

 

 

504

 

Other equity securities

 

7,628

 

33

 

 

7,661

 

 

 

$

189,682

 

$

4,524

 

$

(2,881

)

$

191,325

 

 

83



Table of Contents

 

 

 

December 31, 2009

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Gross Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross Unrealized 
Losses

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Available-for-Sale Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

$

353

 

$

10

 

$

 

$

363

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

68,708

 

3,050

 

(946

)

70,812

 

U.S. Government agencies collateralized by mortgage obligations

 

85,530

 

1,283

 

(858

)

85,955

 

Other collateralized mortgage obligations

 

36,280

 

403

 

(5,413

)

31,270

 

Corporate debt securities

 

1,228

 

86

 

 

1,314

 

Other equity securities

 

7,645

 

 

(40

)

7,605

 

 

 

$

199,744

 

$

4,832

 

$

(7,257

)

$

197,319

 

 

Investment securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are summarized and classified according to the duration of the loss period as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 

Less than 12 Months

 

12 Months or More

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Available-for-Sale Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

$

24,782

 

$

(904

)

$

3,168

 

$

(528

)

$

27,950

 

$

(1,432

)

U.S. Government agencies collateralized by mortgage obligations

 

9,131

 

(120

)

 

 

9,131

 

(120

)

Other collateralized mortgage obligations

 

286

 

(2

)

10,136

 

(1,327

)

10,422

 

(1,329

)

 

 

$

34,199

 

$

(1,026

)

$

13,304

 

$

(1,855

)

$

47,503

 

$

(2,881

)

 

 

 

December 31, 2009

 

 

 

Less than 12 Months

 

12 Months or More

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Available-for-Sale Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

$

9,001

 

$

(295

)

$

4,911

 

$

(651

)

$

13,912

 

$

(946

)

U.S. Government agencies collateralized by mortgage obligations

 

40,691

 

(856

)

331

 

(2

)

41,022

 

(858

)

Other collateralized mortgage obligations

 

3,474

 

(446

)

19,878

 

(4,967

)

23,352

 

(5,413

)

Other securities

 

7,605

 

(40

)

 

 

7,605

 

(40

)

 

 

$

60,771

 

$

(1,637

)

$

25,120

 

$

(5,620

)

$

85,891

 

$

(7,257

)

 

As of November 30, 2010, the Company performed an analysis of the investment portfolio to determine whether any of the investments held in the portfolio had an other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI).   Under ASC 320-10, the portion of the impairment that is attributable to a shortage in the present value of expected future cash flows relative to the amortized cost should be recorded as a current period charge to earnings.  The discount rate in this analysis is the expected yield at purchase.

 

In accordance with the Company’s OTTI policy, management evaluated all available-for-sale investment securities with an unrealized loss at November 30, 2010 and identified those that had an unrealized loss for at least a consecutive 12 month period, which had an unrealized loss at November 30, 2010 greater than 10% of the recorded book value on that date, or which had an unrealized loss of more than $10,000.  Management also analyzed any securities that may have been down graded by credit rating agencies.  Management retained the services of a third party in December 2010 to provide independent valuation and OTTI analysis of private label residential mortgage-backed securities (PLRMBS).

 

For those bonds that met the evaluation criteria, management obtained and reviewed the most recently published national credit ratings for those bonds.  For those bonds that were municipal debt securities with an investment grade rating by the rating agencies, management also evaluated the financial condition of the municipality and any applicable municipal bond insurance provider and concluded that no credit related impairment existed.

 

The evaluation for PLRMBS also includes estimating projected cash flows that the Company is likely to collect based on an assessment of all available information about the applicable security on an individual basis, the structure of the security, and certain assumptions, such as the remaining payment terms for the security, prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severity on the collateral supporting the security based on underlying loan-level borrower and loan characteristics, expected housing price changes, and interest rate assumptions, to determine whether the Company will recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security.  In performing a detailed cash flow analysis, the Company identified the best estimate of the cash flows expected to be collected.  If this estimate results in a present value of expected cash flows (discounted at the security’s effective yield) that is less than the amortized cost basis of the security, an OTTI is considered to have occurred.

 

84



 

Table of Contents

 

To assess whether it expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of its PLRMBS, the Company performed a cash flow analysis for all of its PLRMBS as of November 30, 2010.  In performing the cash flow analysis for each security, the Company uses a third-party model. The model considers borrower characteristics and the particular attributes of the loans underlying the Company’s securities, in conjunction with assumptions about future changes in home prices and other assumptions, to project prepayments, default rates, and loss severities.

 

The month-by-month projections of future loan performance are allocated to the various security classes in each securitization structure in accordance with the structure’s prescribed cash flow and loss allocation rules.  When the credit enhancement for the senior securities in a securitization is derived from the presence of subordinated securities, losses are allocated first to the subordinated securities until their principal balance is reduced to zero.  The projected cash flows are based on a number of assumptions and expectations, and the results of these models can vary significantly with changes in assumptions and expectations.  The scenario of cash flows determined based on the model approach described above reflects a best-estimate scenario.

 

At each quarter end, the Company compares the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected on its PLRMBS to the amortized cost basis of the securities to determine whether a credit loss exists.

 

The unrealized losses associated with PLRMBS are primarily driven by higher projected collateral losses, wider credit spreads, and changes in interest rates.  Based upon management’s assessment of the expected credit losses of the security given the performance of the underlying collateral compared with our credit enhancement (which occurs as a result of credit loss protection provided by subordinated tranches), the Company expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities, with the exception of certain securities for which OTTI was recorded.

 

U.S. Government Agencies

 

At December 31, 2010, the Company held one U.S. Government agency security and it was not in a loss position.

 

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions

 

At December 31, 2010, the Company held 163 obligations of states and political subdivision securities of which 47 were in a loss position for less than 12 months and seven were in a loss position and have been in a loss position for 12 months or more. The unrealized losses on the Company’s investments in obligations of states and political subdivision securities were primarily caused by interest rate changes. Because the decline in market value is primarily attributable to changes in interest rates, and because the Company does not intend to sell, and it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell those investments until a recovery of fair value, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2010.

 

U.S. Government Agencies Collateralized by Mortgage Obligations

 

At December 31, 2010, the Company held 135 U.S. Government agency securities collateralized by mortgage obligation securities of which ten were in a loss position for less than 12 months and none were in a loss position for 12 months or more. The unrealized losses on the Company’s investments in U.S. government agencies collateralized by mortgage obligations were primarily caused by interest rate changes. The contractual cash flows of those investments are guaranteed by an agency of the U.S. government. Accordingly, it is expected that the securities would not be settled at a price less than the amortized cost of the Company’s investment. Because the decline in market value is attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality, and because the Company does not intend to sell, and it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell those investments until a recovery of fair value, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2010.

 

Other Collateralized Mortgage Obligations

 

At December 31, 2010, the Company had a total of 36 PLRMBS with a remaining principal balance of $18,661,000 and a net unrealized loss of approximately $823,000.  12 of these securities account for $1,329,000 of the unrealized loss at December 31, 2010 offset by 24 of these securities with gains totaling $506,000.  The Company continues to perform extensive analyses on all PLRMBS.  Several of these investment securities continue to demonstrate cash flows and credit support as expected and the expected cash flows of the security discounted at the security’s effective yield are greater than the book value of the security, therefore management does not consider these securities to be other than temporarily impaired.  11 of these PLRMBS with a remaining principal balance of $11,785,000 had credit ratings below investment grade.   The table below lists those securities with below investment grade credit ratings at December 31, 2010.  Based on the analyses performed, 9 of the PLRMBS with credit ratings below investment grade, with a remaining principal balance of $11,460,000, were considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2010.  An OTTI charge to earnings of $1,587,000 was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2010.  This charge was taken to reflect ongoing and increasing deterioration of credit quality and increasing loss severities of the underlying mortgages.  The cumulative unrealized loss on these securities decreased during the year ended December 31, 2010 primarily due to a declining interest rate environment.  This change in unrealized loss was recognized in other comprehensive income and is also presented in the income statement as a component of non-interest income in the presentation of other-than-temporary impairment losses.

 

85



Table of Contents

 

Investment securities as of December 31, 2010 with credit ratings below investment grade are summarized in the table below (dollars in thousands):

 

Description 

 

Book 
Value

 

Market 
Value

 

Unrealized 
Loss

 

Rating

 

Agency

 

12 Month 
Historical 
Prepayment 
Rates %

 

Projected 
CDR 
Rates %

 

Projected 
Severity 
Rates %

 

Original 
Purchase 
Price %

 

Current 
Credit 
Enhancement 
%

 

PHHAM

 

$

2,936

 

$

2,494

 

$

(442

)

C

 

Fitch

 

13.44

 

6.5

 

50.00

 

97.25

 

3.75

 

RAST

 

2,192

 

2,014

 

(178

)

D

 

Fitch

 

13.32

 

7.4

 

70.00

 

98.50

 

(0.26

)

CWALT 1

 

876

 

710

 

(166

)

C

 

Fitch

 

10.75

 

5.8

 

60.00

 

100.73

 

7.04

 

CWALT 2

 

394

 

378

 

(16

)

C

 

Fitch

 

9.60

 

4.3

 

50.00

 

101.38

 

5.63

 

CWALT 3

 

1,950

 

1,803

 

(147

)

CCC

 

S&P

 

9.51

 

5.2

 

60.00

 

100.25

 

10.00

 

CWHL

 

73

 

75

 

2

 

BB-

 

S&P

 

18.10

 

1.2

 

39.00

 

97.42

 

7.16

 

CHASE

 

252

 

250

 

(2

)

CC

 

Fitch

 

19.69

 

4.7

 

49.00

 

93.25

 

4.40

 

FHAMS

 

2,499

 

2,162

 

(337

)

C

 

Fitch

 

12.47

 

4.0

 

55.00

 

95.00

 

1.97

 

ABFS

 

345

 

329

 

(16

)

D

 

S&P

 

6.70

 

7.8

 

75.00

 

97.46

 

0.00

 

CONHE

 

87

 

81

 

(6

)

B3

 

Moody’s

 

2.90

 

1.0

 

60.00

 

86.39

 

0.064

 

BOAA

 

181

 

162

 

(19

)

Ca

 

Moody’s

 

7.33

 

2.0

 

70.00

 

97.25

 

5.28

 

TOTALS

 

$

11,785

 

$

10,458

 

$

(1,327

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All securities in the above table are private label residential collateralized mortgage obligations.

 

Corporate Debt and Other Securities

 

At December 31, 2010 the Company’s corporate debt and other securities consisted of one investment in corporate debt securities and equity investments in a CRA qualified mutual fund that invests in government agency issued mortgaged backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations.  None of the investments were in a loss position at December 31, 2010.

 

Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale investment securities totaling $1,643,000 and $(2,425,000) are recorded net of $(676,000) and $970,000 in tax (liabilities) benefits as accumulated other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

Proceeds and gross realized gains (losses) on investment securities for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are shown below.

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Available-for-Sale Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sales or calls

 

$

19,594

 

$

40,407

 

$

12,327

 

Net realized (losses) gains from sales

 

$

(191

)

$

942

 

$

165

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Held-to-Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sales or calls

 

$

 

$

1,474

 

$

 

Net realized losses from sales or calls

 

$

 

$

(176

)

$

 

 

In 2009, one security was transferred from held-to-maturity to available-for-sale at its fair value based on management’s intent to sell, and subsequent to the transfer, a $300,000 charge to earnings was recorded as OTTI expense.  There were no sales or transfers of held-to-maturity investment securities for the years ended December 31, 2010 or 2008.  The Company did not have any held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2010 or 2009.

 

The following table provides a roll forward for the year ended December 31, 2010 of investment securities credit losses recorded in earnings. The beginning balance represents the credit loss component for which OTTI occurred on debt securities in prior periods.  Additions represent the first time a debt security was credit impaired or when subsequent credit impairments have occurred on securities for which OTTI credit losses have been previously recognized.

 

86



Table of Contents

 

 

 

For the years ended

 

(In thousands)

 

December 31, 2010

 

December 31, 2009

 

Beginning balance

 

$

300

 

$

 

Amounts related to credit loss for which an OTTI charge was not previously recognized

 

1,587

 

300

 

Increases to the amount related to credit loss for which OTTI was previously recognized

 

 

 

Realized losses for securities sold

 

(500

)

 

Ending balance

 

$

1,387

 

$

300

 

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities at December 31, 2010 and 2009 by contractual maturity are shown below (in thousands).  Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because the issuers of the securities may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

December 31, 2010

 

Amortized 
Cost

 

Estimated 
Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

$

500

 

$

504

 

After one year through five years

 

6,350

 

6,819

 

After five years through ten years

 

18,274

 

18,664

 

After ten years

 

50,164

 

49,762

 

 

 

75,288

 

75,749

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities not due at a single maturity date:

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies collateralized by mortgage obligations

 

88,105

 

90,077

 

Other collateralized mortgage obligations

 

18,661

 

17,838

 

Other equity securities

 

7,628

 

7,661

 

 

 

$

189,682

 

$

191,325

 

 

December 31, 2009

 

Amortized 
Cost

 

Estimated 
Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

After one year through five years

 

$

1,522

 

$

1,571

 

After five years through ten years

 

18,573

 

19,365

 

After ten years

 

50,194

 

51,553

 

 

 

70,289

 

72,489

 

Investment securities not due at a single maturity date:

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies collateralized by mortgage obligations

 

85,530

 

85,955

 

Other collateralized mortgage obligations

 

36,280

 

31,270

 

Other equity securities

 

7,645

 

7,605

 

Total

 

$

199,744

 

$

197,319

 

 

Investment securities with amortized costs totaling $127,293,000 and $124,512,000 and fair values totaling $129,968,000 and $126,585,000 were pledged to secure public deposits, other contractual obligations and short-term borrowings at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

87



Table of Contents

 

5.     LOANS

 

Outstanding loans are summarized as follows:

 

Loan Type 

 

December 31, 2010

 

% of Total 
loans

 

December 31, 2009

 

% of Total 
loans

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

104,387

 

24.1

%

$

107,726

 

23.5

%

Agricultural land and production

 

38,787

 

9.0

%

35,796

 

7.8

%

Total commercial

 

135,265

 

33.1

%

137,560

 

31.3

%

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

111,888

 

25.9

%

111,006

 

24.1

%

Real estate-construction and other land loans

 

32,039

 

7.4

%

47,233

 

10.3

%

Commercial real estate

 

63,627

 

14.7

%

71,977

 

15.7

%

Other

 

38,354

 

8.9

%

38,532

 

8.4

%

Total real estate

 

245,908

 

56.9

%

268,748

 

58.5

%

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity loans and lines of credit

 

34,521

 

8.0

%

36,110

 

7.8

%

Consumer and installment

 

8,493

 

2.0

%

11,219

 

2.4

%

Total consumer

 

43,014

 

10.0

%

47,329

 

10.2

%

Deferred loan fees, net

 

(499

)

 

 

(392

)

 

 

Total gross loans

 

431,597

 

100.0

%

459,207

 

100.0

%

Allowance for credit losses

 

(11,014

)

 

 

(10,200

)

 

 

Total loans

 

$

420,583

 

 

 

$

449,007

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, loans originated under Small Business Administration (SBA) programs totaling $30,775,000 and $29,698,000, respectively, were included in the real estate and commercial categories.

 

Salaries and employee benefits totaling $305,000, $229,000, and $285,000 have been deferred as loan origination costs for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

 

 

6.     ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

 

Changes in the allowance for credit losses were as follows:

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

$

10,200

 

$

7,223

 

$

3,887

 

Provision charged to operations

 

3,800

 

10,514

 

1,290

 

Losses charged to allowance

 

(4,122

)

(7,926

)

(851

)

Recoveries

 

1,136

 

389

 

111

 

Allowance from merger with Service 1st

 

 

 

2,786

 

Balance, end of year

 

$

11,014

 

$

10,200

 

$

7,223

 

 

88



Table of Contents

 

The following table shows the allocation of the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2010 by class of loan and by impairment methodology (in thousands):

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Real Estate

 

Consumer

 

Unallocated

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

$

2,830

 

$

6,767

 

$

1,179

 

$

238

 

$

11,014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

226

 

$

1,898

 

$

 

$

 

$

2,124

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

 

$

2,604

 

$

4,869

 

$

1,179

 

$

238

 

$

8,890

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

$

143,174

 

$

245,908

 

$

43,014

 

$

 

$

432,096

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

2,356

 

$

15,717

 

$

488

 

$

 

$

18,561

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

 

$

140,818

 

$

230,191

 

$

42,526

 

$

 

$

413,535

 

 

89



Table of Contents

 

The following tables show the loan portfolio allocated by management’s internal risk ratings at December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

Commercial Credit Exposure

 

Credit Risk Profile by Internally Assigned Grade

 

 

 

Commercial 
and 
Industrial

 

Agricultural 
Land and 
Production

 

Owner 
Occupied

 

Real Estate 
Construction 
and Other 
Land Loans

 

Commercial 
Real Estate

 

Other Real 
Estate

 

Lease 
Financing 
Receivables

 

Grade:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

 

$

84,438

 

$

37,181

 

$

100,278

 

$

10,287

 

$

49,294

 

$

30,408

 

$

7,799

 

Special Mention

 

4,305

 

502

 

6,336

 

6,330

 

3,118

 

2,713

 

 

Substandard

 

7,735

 

1,104

 

5,274

 

15,422

 

11,215

 

5,233

 

110

 

Doubtful

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

96,478

 

$

38,787

 

$

111,888

 

$

32,039

 

$

63,627

 

$

38,354

 

$

7,909

 

 

Consumer Credit Exposure

 

Credit Risk Profile by Internally Assigned Grade

 

 

 

Equity 
Loans and 
Lines of 
Credit

 

Consumer 
and 
Installment

 

Grade:

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

 

$

33,228

 

$

7,269

 

Special mention

 

 

 

Substandard

 

1,293

 

135

 

Doubtful

 

 

 

Total

 

$

34,521

 

$

7,404

 

 

Consumer Credit Exposure

 

Credit Risk Profile Based on Payment Activity

 

 

 

Credit
Cards

 

Grade:

 

 

 

Performing

 

$

1,089

 

Non-Performing

 

 

Total

 

$

1,089

 

 

90



 

Table of Contents

 

The following table shows an ageing analysis of the loan portfolio by the time past due at December 31, 2010 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

30-59 Days 
Past Due

 

60-89 
Days Past 
Due

 

Greater 
Than

90 Days 
(nonaccrual)

 

Total Past 
Due

 

Current

 

Total 
Loans

 

Recorded 
Investment 
> 90 Days 
Accruing

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

164

 

$

 

$

180

 

$

344

 

$

104,043

 

$

104,387

 

$

 

Agricultural land and production

 

 

 

 

 

38,787

 

38,787

 

 

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

863

 

 

 

863

 

111,025

 

111,888

 

 

Real estate construction and other land loans

 

 

 

5,634

 

5,634

 

26,405

 

32,039

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

2,316

 

 

726

 

3,042

 

60,585

 

63,627

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

38,354

 

38,354

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity loans and lines of credit

 

 

 

 

 

34,521

 

34,521

 

 

Consumer and installment

 

78

 

 

 

78

 

8,415

 

8,493

 

 

Total

 

$

3,421

 

$

 

$

6,540

 

$

9,961

 

$

422,135

 

$

432,096

 

$

 

 

The following table shows information related to impaired loans at and for the year ended December 31, 2010 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

 

 

Recorded

 

Principal

 

Related

 

Recorded

 

Income

 

 

 

Investment

 

Balance

 

Allowance

 

Investment

 

Recognized

 

With no related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

1,150

 

$

1,174

 

$

 

$

865

 

$

 

Agricultural land and production

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total commercial

 

1,150

 

1,174

 

 

865

 

 

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

1,775

 

2,147

 

 

1,125

 

 

Real estate construction and other land loans

 

1,885

 

2,056

 

 

2,653

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

1,828

 

1,834

 

 

1,520

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total real estate

 

5,487

 

6,037

 

 

5,298

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity loans and lines of credit

 

488

 

506

 

 

284

 

 

 

Consumer and installment

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total consumer

 

488

 

506

 

 

284

 

 

Total with no related allowance recorded

 

7,126

 

7,717

 

 

6,447

 

 

 

91



Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

 

 

Recorded

 

Principal

 

Related

 

Recorded

 

Income

 

 

 

Investment

 

Balance

 

Allowance

 

Investment

 

Recognized

 

With an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

1,206

 

1,299

 

227

 

1,664

 

 

Agricultural land and production

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total commercial

 

1,206

 

1,299

 

227

 

1,664

 

 

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

1,276

 

1,284

 

260

 

1,672

 

 

 

Real estate construction and other land loans

 

5,942

 

6,290

 

1,170

 

5,995

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

726

 

824

 

47

 

243

 

 

Other

 

2,285

 

2,300

 

420

 

1,165

 

 

Total real estate

 

10,230

 

10,698

 

1,897

 

9,075

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity loans and lines of credit

 

 

 

 

214

 

 

Consumer and installment

 

 

 

 

251

 

 

Total consumer

 

 

 

 

465

 

 

Total with an allowance recorded

 

11,435

 

11,997

 

2,124

 

11,204

 

 

Total

 

$

18,561

 

$

19,714

 

$

2,124

 

$

17,651

 

$

 

 

At December 31, 2009, the recorded investment in impaired loans was $18,959,000.  The Company had $752,000 of specific allowance for loan losses on impaired loans at December 31, 2009.  The average outstanding balance of impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $13,117,000 and $2,724,000, respectively, and no income was recognized as interest income on a cash basis in any year.

 

Nonaccrual loans totaled $18,561,000 and $18,959,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Foregone interest on nonaccrual loans totaled $1,153,000, $371,000, and $8,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.  There were no accruing loans past due 90 days or more at December 31, 2010 or 2009.

 

Included in the impaired and nonaccrual loans above are seven loans in the amount of $6,180,000 that were considered to be troubled debt restructurings at December 31, 2010.  There are no outstanding commitments to lend additional funds to any of these borrowers.

 

7.     BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

Bank premises and equipment consisted of the following:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

$

580

 

$

580

 

Buildings and improvements

 

3,091

 

3,091

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

7,263

 

6,958

 

Leasehold improvements

 

3,569

 

3,571

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,503

 

14,200

 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(8,660

)

(7,675

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,843

 

$

6,525

 

 

Depreciation and amortization included in occupancy and equipment expense totaled $1,262,000. $1,367,000 and $1,028,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

92



Table of Contents

 

8.              OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED

 

At December 31, 2010 and 2009 the Company had $1,325,000 and $2,832,000, respectively invested in properties acquired through foreclosure.  The properties are described in the following paragraph.  These properties are carried at their fair value.  Fair value is based on recently obtained third-party appraisals or recent offers on like properties. The table below provides a summary of the change in other real estate owned (OREO) balances for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Year Ended 
December 31, 
2010

 

Year Ended 
December 31, 
2009

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

 

$

2,832

 

$

 

Additions

 

3,467

 

3,188

 

Dispositions

 

(4,450

)

 

Write-downs

 

(591

)

(356

)

Gain on disposition

 

176

 

 

Loss on disposition

 

(109

)

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

 

$

1,325

 

$

2,832

 

 

As of December 31, 2010, OREO consisted of two properties.  The Bank was a participant with an independent bank in a loan collateralized by 24 units of a medical office condominium project.  On April 30, 2010, the lead bank foreclosed on the loan and the Bank recorded the property as OREO at a net realizable value of $1,656,000 for their portion of the loan.  Net realizable value was based on a third-party appraisal using a discounted as-is bulk value of the 24 units.  As of December 31, 2010, 12 of the 24 units were sold.  Sales proceeds totaled $911,000.  At December 31, 2010 the recorded investment in this property was $745,000.  On May 28, 2010, the Bank foreclosed on a loan collateralized by a property containing a gas station, convenience store and restaurant.  The Company recorded the property at a net realizable value of $889,000 based on a third-party appraisal.  Subsequent to foreclosure, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $309,000 to reduce the value to an estimated realizable value of $580,000.

 

In 2010, the Bank foreclosed on three other loans collateralized by real estate with net realizable values totaling $923,000.  The properties were all sold in 2010.  The Company realized a loss on sale of one of the properties totaling $14,000 and realized a $176,000 net recovery from the sale of another. The Company sold the third property for its carrying value.

 

At December 31, 2009, OREO consisted of two properties.  The Bank participated with an independent bank in a loan collateralized by an RV Park.  In 2009, the Bank foreclosed on the loan and recorded the property as OREO at a net realizable value of $2,550,000 based on a third-party appraisal. Subsequent to foreclosure, the Company recorded an additional valuation allowance of $86,000 to reduce the value to an estimated realizable value of $2,464,000 at December 31, 2009.  In April 2010, the RV Park was sold. Prior to the sale in April 2010,  the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $283,000. In July 2009, the Company foreclosed on a construction loan for a commercial building and recorded the property at net realizable value of $638,000 based on a third-party appraisal.  Subsequent to foreclosure and based on an updated appraisal, the Company recorded an additional impairment charge of $270,000 to reduce the estimated realizable value to $368,000. This property was sold in October 2010 for an additional loss of $95,000.

 

9.               DEPOSITS

 

Interest-bearing deposits consisted of the following:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings

 

$

27,678

 

$

24,446

 

Money market

 

157,345

 

142,917

 

NOW accounts

 

114,473

 

112,493

 

Time, $100,000 or more

 

119,503

 

134,964

 

Time, under $100,000

 

57,629

 

65,717

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

476,628

 

$

480,537

 

 

93



Table of Contents

 

Aggregate annual maturities of time deposits are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

$

145,146

 

2012

 

23,698

 

2013

 

1,711

 

2014

 

271

 

2015

 

6,306

 

 

 

$

177,132

 

 

Interest expense recognized on interest-bearing deposits consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings

 

$

52

 

$

49

 

$

65

 

Money market

 

1,035

 

1,262

 

2,098

 

NOW accounts

 

447

 

722

 

214

 

Time certificates of deposit

 

2,179

 

3,834

 

3,963

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,713

 

$

5,867

 

$

6,340

 

 

10.         BORROWING ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

 

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of San Francisco at December 31, 2010 and 2009 consisted of the

following:

 

2010

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

Maturity Date

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,000

 

3.00

%

February 7, 2011

 

5,000

 

3.10

%

February 14, 2011

 

4,000

 

3.59

%

February 12, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,000

)

Less short-term portion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,000

 

Long-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

Maturity Date

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,000

 

2.73

%

February 5, 2010

 

5,000

 

3.00

%

February 7, 2011

 

5,000

 

3.10

%

February 14, 2011

 

4,000

 

3.59

%

February 12, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,000

)

Less short-term portion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

14,000

 

Long-term debt

 

 

 

 

FHLB advances are secured by investment securities with amortized costs totaling $31,918,000 and $45,239,000 and market values totaling $33,214,000 and $44,808,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  The Bank’s credit limit varies according to the amount and composition of the investment and loan portfolios pledged as collateral.

 

Lines of Credit

 

The Bank had unsecured lines of credit with its correspondent banks which, in the aggregate, amounted to $39,000,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, at interest rates which vary with market conditions.  The Bank also had a line of credit in the amount of $1,321,000 and $917,000 with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively which bears interest at the prevailing discount rate collateralized by investment securities with amortized costs totaling $1,322,000 and $922,000 and market values totaling $1,354,000 and $956,000, respectively.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bank had no outstanding short-term borrowings under these lines of credit.

 

11.      JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEFERRABLE INTEREST DEBENTURES

 

Service 1st Capital Trust I is a Delaware business trust formed by Service 1st.  The Company succeeded to all of the rights and obligations of Service 1st in connection with the merger with Service 1st as of November 12, 2008.  The Trust was formed on August 17, 2006 for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Service 1st.  Under applicable regulatory guidance, the amount of trust preferred securities that is eligible as Tier 1 capital is limited to 25% of

 

94



Table of Contents

 

the Company’s Tier 1 capital on a pro forma basis.  At December 31, 2010, all of the trust preferred securities that have been issued qualify as Tier 1 capital.  The trust preferred securities mature on October 7, 2036, are redeemable at the Company’s option beginning after five years, and require quarterly distributions by the Trust to the holder of the trust preferred securities at a variable interest rate which will adjust quarterly to equal the three month LIBOR plus 1.60%.

 

The Trust used the proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities to purchase approximately $5,155,000 in aggregate principal amount of Service 1st’s junior subordinated notes (the Notes).  The Notes bear interest at the same variable interest rate during the same quarterly periods as the trust preferred securities.  The Notes are redeemable by the Company on any January 7, April 7, July 7, or October 7 on or after October 7, 2011 or at any time within 90 days following the occurrence of certain events, such as: (i) a change in the regulatory capital treatment of the Notes (ii) in the event the Trust is deemed an investment company or (iii) upon the occurrence of certain adverse tax events.  In each such case, the Company may redeem the Notes for their aggregate principal amount, plus any accrued but unpaid interest.

 

The Notes may be declared immediately due and payable at the election of the trustee or holders of 25% of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes in the event that the Company defaults in the payment of any interest following the nonpayment of any such interest for 20 or more consecutive quarterly periods.

 

Holders of the trust preferred securities are entitled to a cumulative cash distribution on the liquidation amount of $1,000 per security.  For each January 7, April 7, July 7 or October 7 of each year, the rate will be adjusted to equal the three month LIBOR plus 1.60%.  As of December 31, 2010, the rate was 1.89%.  Interest expense recognized by the Company for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $102,000, $129,000 and $46,000, respectively.

 

12.       INCOME TAXES

 

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Federal

 

State

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

1,472

 

$

496

 

$

1,968

 

Deferred

 

(1,677

)

(660

)

(2,337

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit from income taxes

 

$

(205

)

$

(164

)

$

(369

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

(1,374

)

$

(90

)

$

(1,464

)

Deferred

 

804

 

(16

)

788

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit from income taxes

 

$

(570

)

$

(106

)

$

(676

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

1,851

 

$

556

 

$

2,407

 

Deferred

 

108

 

(163

)

(55

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

$

1,959

 

$

393

 

$

2,352

 

 

The determination of the amount of deferred income tax assets which are more likely than not to be realized is primarily dependent on projections of future earnings, which are subject to uncertainty and estimates that may change given economic conditions and other factors.  The realization of deferred income tax assets is assessed and a valuation allowance is recorded if it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.  More likely than not is defined as greater than a 50% chance.  All available evidence, both positive and negative is considered to determine whether, based on the weight of the evidence, a valuation allowance is needed.  Based upon our analysis of available evidence, we have determined that it is more likely than not that all of our deferred income tax assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 will be fully realized and therefore no valuation allowance was recorded.

 

95



Table of Contents

 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities) consisted of the following:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses

 

$

4,370

 

$

3,913

 

Deferred compensation

 

3,445

 

2,975

 

Net operating loss carryover from acquisition

 

1,959

 

2,706

 

Bank premises and equipment

 

907

 

681

 

Mark to market adjustment

 

551

 

674

 

Other deferred taxes

 

682

 

147

 

Other than temporary impairment

 

653

 

124

 

Other real estate

 

566

 

197

 

Loan and investment impairment

 

383

 

311

 

State Enterprise Zone credit carry-forward

 

343

 

149

 

State capital loss carry-forward

 

120

 

100

 

Alternative minimum tax credit

 

138

 

51

 

State taxes

 

144

 

1

 

Other reserves

 

10

 

 

Partnership income

 

39

 

 

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale investment securities

 

 

970

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

14,310

 

12,999

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Finance leases

 

(2,581

)

(2,372

)

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale investment securities

 

(676

)

 

Core deposit intangible

 

(493

)

(663

)

FHLB stock

 

(254

)

(262

)

Loan origination costs

 

(189

)

(192

)

Other deferred taxes

 

 

(25

)

State tax refunds

 

 

(59

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

(4,193

)

(3,573

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

10,117

 

$

9,426

 

 

96



 

Table of Contents

 

The provision for income taxes differs from amounts computed by applying the statutory Federal income tax rates to operating income before income taxes.  The significant items comprising these differences for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 consisted of the following:

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Federal income tax, at statutory rate

 

34.0

%

34.0

%

34.0

%

State taxes, net of Federal tax benefit

 

(3.7

)%

(3.7

)%

3.4

%

Tax exempt investment security income, net

 

(34.7

)%

(52.4

)%

(4.7

)%

Bank owned life insurance, net

 

(4.6

)%

(6.9

)%

(1.4

)%

Solar credits

 

(5.4

)%

(15.7

)%

 

Change in uncertain tax positions

 

(1.3

)%

7.7

%

 

Other

 

3.0

%

1.7

%

0.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

 

(12.7

)%

(35.3

)%

31.4

%

 

At December 31, 2010, the Company had Federal and California net operating loss (NOLs) carry-forward of approximately $4,509,000 and $5,949,000, respectively from the Service 1st acquisition, subject to an Internal Revenue Code (IRC) Sec. 382 annual limitation of $1,133,000.  Management expects to fully utilize the Service 1st Federal and California NOL carry-forward.  Federal NOL will begin to expire in 2028.  California suspended utilization of NOLs for 2008, 2009 and 2010 tax years for taxpayers with business income in excess of $500,000.  The California NOL will begin to expire in 2019.

 

The Company and its Subsidiary file income tax returns in the U.S. federal and California jurisdictions.  The Company conducts all of its business activities in the State of California.  As of December 31, 2010, there are currently no pending U.S. federal, state or local income tax examinations by those taxing authorities.  The Company is no longer subject to the examination by U.S. federal taxing authorities for the years ended before December 31, 2007 and by the state and local taxing authorities for the years ended before December 31, 2006.

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance at January 1, 2010

 

$

310

 

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

 

52

 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

 

(151

)

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

 

$

211

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2008, the Company did not recognize any interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.  In 2009, the Company recognized $32,000 of interest related to the pending state tax examination and no penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

 

13.          COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Leases

 

The Bank leases certain of its branch facilities and administrative offices under noncancelable operating leases.  Rental expense included in occupancy and equipment and other expenses totaled $1,922,000, $1,796,000 and $1,244,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

Future minimum lease payments on noncancelable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

$

1,893

 

2012

 

1,774

 

2013

 

1,708

 

2014

 

1,722

 

2015

 

1,643

 

Thereafter

 

6,070

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

14,810

 

 

97



Table of Contents

 

Federal Reserve Requirements

 

Banks are required to maintain reserves with the Federal Reserve Bank equal to a percentage of their reservable deposits. The amount of such reserve balances required at December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $25,000.

 

Correspondent Banking Agreements

 

The Bank maintains funds on deposit with other federally insured financial institutions under correspondent banking agreements.  Uninsured deposits totaled $7,411,000 at December 31, 2010.

 

Financial Instruments With Off-Balance-Sheet Risk

 

The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business in order to meet the financing needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates.  These financial instruments consist of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized on the balance sheet.

 

The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments.  The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and standby letters of credit as it does for loans included on the balance sheet.

 

The following financial instruments represent off-balance-sheet credit risk:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

$

123,311

 

$

130,899

 

Standby letters of credit

 

$

369

 

$

240

 

 

Commitments to extend credit consist primarily of unfunded commercial loan commitments and revolving lines of credit, single-family residential equity lines of credit and commercial real estate construction loans.  Construction loans are established under standard underwriting guidelines and policies and are secured by deeds of trust, with disbursements made over the course of construction.  Commercial revolving lines of credit have a high degree of industry diversification.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee.  Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  Standby letters of credit are generally secured and are issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.  The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers.  The fair value of the liability related to these standby letters of credit, which represents the fees received for issuing the guarantees, was not significant at December 31, 2010 and 2009.  The Company recognizes these fees as revenue over the term of the commitment or when the commitment is used.

 

At December 31, 2010, commercial loan commitments represent approximately 56% of total commitments and are generally secured by collateral other than real estate or unsecured.  Real estate loan commitments represent 28% of total commitments and are generally secured by property with a loan-to-value ratio not to exceed 80%.  Consumer loan commitments represent the remaining 16% of total commitments and are generally unsecured.  In addition, the majority of the Bank’s loan commitments have variable interest rates.

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

At December 31, 2010, in management’s judgment, a concentration of loans existed in commercial loans and real-estate-related loans, representing approximately 96.3% of total loans of which 31.3% were commercial and 65.0% were real-estate-related.

 

At December 31, 2009, in management’s judgment, a concentration of loans existed in commercial loans and real-estate-related loans, representing approximately 96.3% of total loans of which 30.0% were commercial and 66.4% were real-estate-related.

 

Management believes the loans within these concentrations have no more than the typical risks of collectibility.  However, in light of the current economic environment, additional declines in the performance of the economy in general or a continued decline in real estate values in the Company’s primary market area, in particular, could have an adverse impact on collectibility, increase the level of real-estate-related nonperforming loans, or have other adverse effects which alone or in the aggregate could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company.

 

Contingencies

 

The Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of business.  In the opinion of management, the amount of ultimate liability with respect to such actions will not materially affect the consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations of the Company.

 

98



Table of Contents

 

13.       SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

Regulatory Capital

 

The Company and the Bank are subject to certain regulatory capital requirements administered by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the FDIC.  Failure to meet these minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Under capital adequacy guidelines, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  These quantitative measures are established by regulation and require that minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets and of Tier 1 capital to average assets be maintained.  Capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

 

The Bank is also subject to additional capital guidelines under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.  To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table.  The most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under these guidelines.  There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

 

Management believes that the Company and the Bank met all their capital adequacy requirements as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.  There are no conditions or events since those notifications that management believes have changed those categories.

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

December 31, 2009

 

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Tier 1 Leverage Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central Valley Community Bancorp and Subsidiary

 

$

70,669

 

9.48

%

$

67,547

 

9.30

%

Minimum regulatory requirement

 

$

29,832

 

4.00

%

$

29,056

 

4.00

%

Central Valley Community Bank

 

$

69,457

 

9.32

%

$

66,624

 

9.20

%

Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution

 

$

37,264

 

5.00

%

$

36,210

 

5.00

%

Minimum regulatory requirement

 

$

29,811

 

4.00

%

$

28,968

 

4.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central Valley Community Bancorp and Subsidiary

 

$

70,669

 

14.16

%

$

67,547

 

12.28

%

Minimum regulatory requirement

 

$

19,965

 

4.00

%

$

21,998

 

4.00

%

Central Valley Community Bank

 

$

69,457

 

13.92

%

$

66,624

 

12.12

%

Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution

 

$

29,929

 

6.00

%

$

32,977

 

6.00

%

Minimum regulatory requirement

 

$

19,953

 

4.00

%

$

21,985

 

4.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central Valley Community Bancorp and Subsidiary

 

$

76,982

 

15.42

%

$

74,463

 

13.54

%

Minimum regulatory requirement

 

$

39,931

 

8.00

%

$

43,996

 

8.00

%

Central Valley Community Bank

 

$

75,766

 

15.19

%

$

73,535

 

13.38

%

Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution

 

$

49,881

 

10.00

%

$

54,962

 

10.00

%

Minimum regulatory requirement

 

$

39,905

 

8.00

%

$

43,970

 

8.00

%

 

Dividends

 

No dividends on common shares were declared in 2010 or 2009.  On February 20, 2008, the Board of Directors declared a $0.10 per share cash dividend for shareholders of record as of March 11, 2008, payable on March 31, 2008.

 

The Company’s primary source of income with which to pay cash dividends are dividends from the Bank.  The California Financial Code restricts the total amount of dividends payable by a bank at any time without obtaining the prior approval of the California Department of Financial Institutions to the lesser of (1) the bank’s retained earnings or (2) the bank’s net income for its last three fiscal years, less distributions made to shareholders during the same three-year period.  At December 31, 2010, retained earnings of $5,836,000 were free of such restrictions.  Dividends on common stock in 2011 will also be limited without the prior approval of the United States Treasury due to the Company’s participation in the Capital Purchase Program.

 

99



Table of Contents

 

Share Repurchase Plan

 

No shares were repurchased under a repurchase plan during 2010, 2009 or 2008.  In 2008, the Company repurchased 5,436 shares of common stock from shareholders who perfected their dissenters’ rights related to the acquisition of Service 1st at an average price of $10.30 for a total cost of $56,000.

 

Stock Purchase Agreements

 

On December 23, 2009, the Company entered into Stock Purchase Agreements (Agreements) with a limited number of accredited investors (collectively, the “Purchasers”) to sell to the Purchasers a total of 1,264,952 shares of common stock, (Common Stock) at $5.25 per share and 1,359 shares of non-voting Series B Convertible Adjustable Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (Series B Preferred Stock) at $1,000 per share, for an aggregate gross purchase price of $8,000,000 (the “Offering”) offset by issuance costs totaling $242,000.  The Offering closed on December 23, 2009, and the Company issued an aggregate of 1,264,952 shares of its Common Stock and an aggregate of 1,359 shares of its Preferred Stock upon its receipt of consideration in cash.

 

The Series B Preferred Stock was eligible to receive a semi-annual non-cumulative preferred dividend with an initial annualized coupon of 10%, payable at the end of the first six months the shares are outstanding.  The annual dividend rate would have increased to 15% for the second six month period and 20% for each six month period thereafter.  Dividends may not be paid on any other class or series of the Company’s stock unless dividends are currently paid on the Preferred Stock in any period.

 

In May 2010, the shareholders of the Company approved an amendment to the Company’s governing instruments to create a series of non-voting common stock.  In June 2010, the Company exercised its option to require the Purchasers to exchange 1,359 shares of Series B Preferred Stock for 258,862 shares of non-voting common stock.

 

Capital Purchase Program — Troubled Asset Relief Program

 

On January 30, 2009, the Company entered into a Letter Agreement (the Purchase Agreement) with the United States Department of the Treasury (the Treasury), pursuant to which the Company issued and sold (i) 7,000 shares of the Company’s Series A Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (the Series A Preferred Stock) and (ii) a warrant (the Warrant) to purchase 158,133 shares of the Company’s common stock, no par value, (the Common Stock) for an aggregate purchase price of $7,000,000 in cash.

 

The Series A Preferred Stock will qualify as Tier 1 capital and will pay cumulative dividends quarterly at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years, and 9% per annum thereafter.  The Series A Preferred Stock may be redeemed by the Company after three years.  Prior to the end of three years, the Series A Preferred Stock may be redeemed by the Company only with proceeds from the sale of qualifying equity securities of the Company (a Qualified Equity Offering).  Preferred stock dividends paid in 2010 totaled $349,000.

 

The Warrant has a 10-year term and is immediately exercisable upon its issuance, with an exercise price, subject to anti-dilution adjustments, equal to $6.64 per share of the Common Stock.

 

According to the agreement, if the Company received aggregate gross cash proceeds of not less than $7,000,000 from Qualified Equity Offerings on or prior to December 31, 2009, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Treasury’s exercise of the Warrant could be reduced by one half of the original number of shares, taking into account all adjustments, underlying the Warrant.  On December 23, 2009, the Company received $8,000,000, as a result of entering into Stock Purchase Agreements to sell a total of 1,264,952 shares of common stock, without par value at $5.25 per share and 1,359 shares of non-voting Series B Convertible Adjustable Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock at $1,000 per share, for an aggregate gross purchase price of $8,000,000.  The Company submitted a request to the Treasury to cancel one half of the outstanding Warrants and received confirmation from the Treasury that the number of warrants was reduced to 79,067.  Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Treasury has agreed not to exercise voting power with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of the Warrant.

 

The Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant were issued in a private placement exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  Upon the request of the Treasury at any time, the Company has agreed to promptly enter into a deposit arrangement pursuant to which the Preferred Stock may be deposited and depositary shares (the Depositary Shares) representing fractional shares of the Preferred Stock, may be issued.  The Company has agreed to register the Series A Preferred Stock, the Warrant, the shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrant (the Warrant Shares), and Depository Shares, as soon as practicable after the date of the issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement.  Neither the Series A Preferred Stock nor the Warrant will be subject to any contractual restrictions on transfer, except that the Treasury may only transfer or exercise an aggregate of one-half of the Warrant Shares.

 

The Series A Preferred Stock is non-voting, other than class voting rights on (i) any authorization or issuance of shares ranking senior to the Series A Preferred Stock, (ii) any amendment to the rights of the Series A Preferred Stock, or (iii) any merger, exchange or similar transaction which would adversely affect the rights of the Series A Preferred Stock.

 

If dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock are not paid in full for six dividend periods, whether or not consecutive, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock will have the right to elect 2 directors.  The right to elect directors will end when full dividends have been paid for four consecutive dividend periods. The Company has paid all scheduled dividend payments as of December 31, 2010.

 

100



Table of Contents

 

In the Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed that, until such time as the Treasury ceases to own any debt or equity securities of the Company acquired pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company will take all necessary action to ensure that its benefit plans with respect to its senior executive officers comply with Section 111(b) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the EESA) as implemented by any guidance or regulation under the EESA that has been issued and is in effect as of the date of issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant, and has agreed to not adopt any benefit plans with respect to, or which cover, its senior executive officers that do not comply with the EESA, and the applicable executives have consented to the foregoing.  Furthermore, the Purchase Agreement allows the Treasury to unilaterally amend the terms of the agreement.

 

With respect to dividends on the Company’s common stock, the Treasury’s consent shall be required for any increase in common dividends per share until the third anniversary of the date of its investment unless prior to such third anniversary the Series A Preferred Stock is redeemed in whole or the Treasury has transferred all of the Series A Preferred Stock to third parties.  Furthermore, for as long as any Series A Preferred Stock is outstanding, no dividends may be declared or paid on junior preferred shares, preferred shares ranking pari passu with the Series A Preferred Stock, or common shares (other than in the case of pari passu preferred shares, dividends on a pro rata basis with the Series A Preferred Stock), nor may the Company repurchase or redeem any junior preferred shares, preferred shares ranking pari passu with the Series A Preferred Stock or common shares, unless all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past dividend periods on the Series A Preferred Stock are fully paid.

 

The Company allocated the proceeds received from the U.S. Treasury between the Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant issued based on the estimated relative fair values of each.  The fair value of the Series A Preferred Stock was determined using a net present value calculation for preferred stock.  The fair value of the Warrant was estimated based on a Black-Scholes-Merton model.  The recorded investment in Series A Preferred Stock initially was $6,775,000 and the fair value allocated to the Warrant was $225,000.  The discount recorded on the Series A Preferred Stock was equal to the fair value of the imbedded Warrant and is amortized using the level-yield method over five years.

 

The following table identifies the amount of the proceeds allocated to the Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant based on their relative fair values.

 

 

 

Series A

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Preferred

 

 

 

Fair

 

 

 

Stock

 

Warrant

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value per share

 

$

820.86

 

$

1.21

 

$

 

Number of shares

 

7,000

 

158,133

 

 

Fair value

 

$

5,746,000

 

$

191,000

 

$

5,937,000

 

Percent of total fair value

 

96.78

%

3.22

%

 

Allocation of $7,000,000 proceeds based on percent of total fair value

 

$

6,775,000

 

$

225,000

 

$

7,000,000

 

 

The Company calculated the fair value of the Series A Preferred Stock using a net present value calculation for preferred stock with a five year call option, with an annual dividend rate of 5.0% and a 10.0% discount rate.  Management determined the discount rate of 10.0% was appropriate based on the Company’s risk profile using a Capital Asset Pricing model (CAPM).

 

The Company based the fair value of the Warrant granted using a Black-Scholes-Merton pricing model that uses assumptions based on estimated expected life, expected stock volatility and a discount rate based on the risk-free interest rate.  Stock volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock.  The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve for the periods within the contractual life of the Warrant in effect at the time of grant.  The fair value of the Warrant was estimated on the date of grant using: i) dividend yield of 0.10%; ii) expected volatility of 32.13%; iii) 1.52% risk-free interest rate; iv) expected term of six and one half years and v) expected vesting of the contingently exercisable portion of the Warrant of 85%.

 

101



Table of Contents

 

Earnings Per Share

 

A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings per share computations is as follows:

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Basic Earnings Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

3,279

 

$

2,588

 

$

5,139

 

Less: Preferred stock dividends and accretion

 

(395

)

(365

)

 

Income available to common shareholders

 

$

2,884

 

$

2,223

 

$

5,139

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

9,209,858

 

7,685,789

 

6,212,199

 

Net income per share

 

$

0.31

 

$

0.29

 

$

0.83

 

Diluted Earnings Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

3,279

 

$

2,588

 

$

5,139

 

Less: Preferred stock dividends and accretion

 

(395

)

(365

)

 

Income available to common shareholders

 

$

2,884

 

$

2,223

 

$

5,139

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

9,209,858

 

7,685,789

 

6,212,199

 

Effect of dilutive stock options and warrants

 

80,813

 

117,975

 

257,037

 

Weighted average shares of common stock and common stock equivalents

 

9,290,671

 

7,803,764

 

6,469,236

 

Net income per diluted share

 

$

0.31

 

$

0.28

 

$

0.79

 

 

Outstanding options and warrants of 531,996 were not factored into the calculation of dilutive stock options because they were anti-dilutive.

 

14.       SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

 

On December 31, 2010, the Company had two share-based compensation plans, which are described below.

 

On November 15, 2000, the Company adopted, and subsequently amended on December 20, 2000, the Central Valley Community Bancorp 2000 Stock Option Plan (2000 Plan) for which 599,229 shares remain reserved for issuance for options already granted to employees and directors under incentive and nonstatutory agreements.  The plan expired on November 15, 2010.   Outstanding options under this plan are exercisable until their expiration, however, no new options will be granted under this plan. The plan required that the option price may not be less than the fair market value of the stock at the date the option was granted, and that the option price must be paid in full at the time it is exercised.  The options under the plan expire on dates determined by the Board of Directors, but not later than 10 years from the date of grant.  The vesting period was determined by the Board of Directors and was generally over five years.

 

In May 2005, the Company adopted the Central Valley Community Bancorp 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (2005 Plan).  The plan provides for awards in the form of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, and restricted stock.  The plan also allows for performance awards that may be in the form of cash or shares of the Company, including restricted stock.  The maximum number of shares that can be issued with respect to all awards under the plan is 476,000.  Currently under the 2005 Plan, there are 107,900 shares reserved for issuance for options already granted to employees and 368,100 remain reserved for future grants as of December 31, 2010.  The 2005 plan requires that the exercise price may not be less than the fair market value of the stock at the date the option is granted, and that the option price must be paid in full at the time it is exercised.  The options and awards under the plan expire on dates determined by the Board of Directors, but not later than 10 years from the date of grant.  The vesting period for the options and option related stock appreciation rights is determined by the Board of Directors and is generally over five years.

 

In 2010, options to purchase 15,200 shares of the Company’s common stock were granted from the 2000 Plan at an exercise price of $5.76 and options to purchase 67,800 shares of common stock were granted from the 2005 Plan at exercise prices between $5.30 and $5.76.  In 2009, options to purchase 13,500 shares of the Company’s common stock were granted at exercise prices of between $5.06 and $6.40 from the 2005 Plan.  All options were granted with an exercise price equal to the market value on the grant date.

 

In December 2008, the Company cancelled options to purchase 90,550 shares of the Company’s common stock previously granted from the 2000 Plan on October 17, 2007 and options to purchase 15,000 shares of the Company’s common stock previously granted from the 2005 Plan on October 1, 2007 and, on December 17, 2008, granted options to purchase 90,550 shares of the Company’s common stock from the 2000 Plan and options to purchase 15,000 shares of the Company’s common stock from the 2005 Plan at an exercise price of $6.70, the fair market value on the grant date.  Also, from the 2005 Plan, new options to purchase 15,000 shares of the Company’s common stock were granted in 2008 at an exercise price of $6.70.

 

102



 

Table of Contents

 

For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, the compensation cost recognized for share based compensation was $239,000, $284,000, and $100,000, respectively.  The recognized tax benefit for share based compensation expense was $42,000, $44,000, and $50,000 for 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

 

A summary of the combined activity of the Plans for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 follows:

 

 

 

 

Number of Stock
Options Outstanding

 

Weighted Average
Exercise
Price

 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding at January 1, 2008

 

861,834

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options granted

 

120,550

 

$

6.70

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercised

 

(44,003

)

$

4.71

 

 

 

 

 

Options canceled

 

(114,500

)

$

12.10

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2008

 

823,881

 

$

6.60

 

4.03

 

$

990

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2008

 

799,710

 

$

6.50

 

4.95

 

$

990

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercisable at December 31, 2008

 

673,381

 

$

6.03

 

3.18

 

$

990

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding at January 1, 2009

 

823,881

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options granted

 

13,500

 

$

5.21

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercised

 

(42,522

)

$

4.11

 

 

 

 

 

Options canceled

 

(4,925

)

$

8.10

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2009

 

789,934

 

$

6.70

 

3.29

 

$

668

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2009

 

757,726

 

$

6.60

 

4.46

 

$

668

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercisable at December 31, 2009

 

679,507

 

$

6.46

 

2.65

 

$

668

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding at January 1, 2010

 

789,934

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options granted

 

83,000

 

$

5.75

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercised

 

(159,400

)

$

3.45

 

 

 

 

 

Options canceled

 

(6,405

)

$

8.59

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2010

 

707,129

 

$

7.31

 

3.78

 

$

350

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2010

 

687,832

 

$

7.34

 

6.04

 

$

350

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercisable at December 31, 2010

 

568,891

 

$

7.62

 

4.34

 

$

350

 

 

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during 2010, 2009, and 2008 was $2.58, $1.33, and $2.00, respectively.

 

The total intrinsic value of options exercised in the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 was $349,000, $51,000, and $142,000, respectively.

 

Cash received from options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 was $550,000, $175,000, and $207,000, respectively.  The tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from options exercised totaled $28,000, $7,000, and $57,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2010, there was $413,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the 2000 and 2005 Plans.  The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.0 years.  The total fair value of options vested was $260,000 and $252,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

103



Table of Contents

 

15.       EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

 

401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan

 

The Bank has established a 401(k) and profit sharing plan.  The 401(k) plan covers substantially all employees who have completed a six-month period in which they are credited with at least 1,000 hours of service.  Participants in the profit sharing plan are eligible to receive employer contributions after completion of two years of service.  Bank contributions to the profit sharing plan are determined at the discretion of the Board of Directors.  Participants are automatically vested 100% in all employer contributions.  The Bank did not contribute to the profit sharing plan in 2010 or 2009 and contributed $157,000 to the profit sharing plan in 2008.

 

Additionally, the Bank may elect to make a matching contribution to the participants’ 401(k) plan accounts.  The amount to be contributed is announced by the Bank at the beginning of the plan year.  For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, the Bank made a 100% matching contribution on all deferred amounts up to 3% of eligible compensation and a 50% matching contribution on all deferred amounts above 3% to a maximum of 5%.  For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, the Bank made matching contributions totaling $336,000, $301,000, and $254,000, respectively.

 

Deferred Compensation Plan

 

The Bank has a nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan which provides directors with an unfunded, deferred compensation program.  Under the plan, eligible participants may elect to defer some or all of their current compensation or director fees.  Deferred amounts earn interest at an annual rate determined by the Board of Directors (5.25% at December 31, 2010).  At December 31, 2010, and 2009, the total net deferrals included in accrued interest payable and other liabilities were $2,038,000 and $1,992,000, respectively.

 

In connection with the implementation of the above plan, single premium universal life insurance policies on the life of each participant were purchased by the Bank, which is beneficiary and owner of the policies.  The cash surrender value of the policies totaled $3,106,000, $3,006,000 and $2,909,000 at December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.  Income recognized on these policies, net of related expenses, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 was $100,000, $97,000, and $99,000, respectively.

 

Salary Continuation Plans

 

The Board of Directors approved salary continuation plans for certain key executives during 2002 and subsequently amended the plans in 2006.  Under these plans, the Bank is obligated to provide the executives with annual benefits for fifteen years after retirement.  These benefits are substantially equivalent to those available under split-dollar life insurance policies purchased by the Bank on the life of the executives.  In addition, the estimated present value of these future benefits are accrued from the effective date of the plans until the executives’ expected retirement date based on a discount rate of 6.00%.  The expense recognized under these plans for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 totaled $450,000, $407,000, and $389,000, respectively.  Accrued compensation payable under the salary continuation plan totaled $3,574,000, $3,201,000 and $2,865,000 at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively

 

In connection with these plans, the Bank purchased single premium life insurance policies with cash surrender values totaling $4,366,000, $4,214,000 and $4,064,000 at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Income recognized on these policies, net of related expense, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 totaled $152,000, $155,000, and $157,000, respectively.

 

In connection with the acquisition of Service 1st Bank, the Bank assumed a liability for the estimated present value of future benefits payable to former key executives of Service 1st.  The liability relates to change in control benefits associated with Service 1st’s salary continuation plans.  The benefits are payable to the individuals when they reach retirement age.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the total amount of the liability was $1,636,000 and $1,581,000, respectively.  Expense recognized by the Bank in 2010, 2009 and 2008 associated with these plans was $95,000, $22,000 and $5,000, respectively.  These benefits are substantially equivalent to those available under split-dollar life insurance policies acquired.  These single premium life insurance policies had cash surrender values totaling $3,918,000, $3,778,000 and $3,835,000 at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Income recognized on these policies, net of related expenses, for the year ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $140,000, $139,000 and $12,000, respectively.

 

The current annual tax-free interest rate on all life insurance policies is 5.48%.

 

104



Table of Contents

 

16.       LOANS TO RELATED PARTIES

 

During the normal course of business, the Bank enters into loans with related parties, including executive officers and directors.  These loans are made with substantially the same terms, including rates and collateral, as loans to unrelated parties.  The following is a summary of the aggregate activity involving related party borrowers (in thousands):

 

Balance, January 1, 2010

 

$

837

 

 

 

 

 

Disbursements

 

180

 

Amounts repaid

 

(208

)

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

 

$

809

 

 

 

 

 

Undisbursed commitments to related parties, December 31, 2010

 

$

1,407

 

 

17.       COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

Comprehensive income is a more inclusive financial reporting methodology that includes disclosure of other comprehensive income (loss) that historically has not been recognized in the calculation of net income.  The Company’s only source of other comprehensive income (loss) is unrealized gains and losses on the Company’s available-for-sale investment securities.  Total comprehensive income and the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are presented in the consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity.

 

At December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company held securities classified as available-for-sale which had net unrealized gains or losses as follows:

 

 

 

Before

 

Tax

 

After

 

 

 

Tax

 

Expense

 

Tax

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding gains

 

$

2,290

 

$

(927

)

$

1,363

 

Less reclassification adjustment for net losses included in net income

 

(1,778

)

719

 

(1,059

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

 

$

4,068

 

$

(1,646

)

$

2,422

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding losses

 

$

(1,971

)

$

788

 

$

(1,183

)

Less reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income

 

767

 

(307

)

460

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive loss

 

$

(2,738

)

$

1,095

 

$

(1,643

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding gains

 

$

244

 

$

(97

)

$

147

 

Less reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income

 

165

 

(66

)

99

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

 

$

79

 

$

(31

)

$

48

 

 

105



Table of Contents

 

18.  PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

 

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,071

 

$

859

 

Investment in Subsidiary

 

101,346

 

95,370

 

Other assets

 

305

 

301

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

102,722

 

$

96,530

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Junior subordinated debentures due to subsidiary grantor trust

 

$

5,155

 

$

5,155

 

Other liabilities

 

175

 

152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

5,330

 

5,307

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, Series A

 

6,864

 

6,819

 

Preferred stock, Series B

 

 

1,317

 

Common stock

 

39,745

 

37,611

 

Retained earnings

 

49,815

 

46,931

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes

 

967

 

(1,455

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

97,391

 

91,223

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

102,722

 

$

96,530

 

 

106



 

Table of Contents

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

For the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends declared by Subsidiary - eliminated in consolidation

 

$

 

$

 

$

6,100

 

Other income

 

3

 

13

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

 

3

 

13

 

6,102

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures

 

102

 

129

 

46

 

Professional fees

 

147

 

30

 

104

 

Other expenses

 

329

 

295

 

231

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total expenses

 

578

 

454

 

381

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) income before equity in undistributed net income of Subsidiary

 

(575

)

(441

)

5,721

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed net income of Subsidiary, net of distributions

 

3,657

 

2,871

 

(692

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income tax benefit

 

3,082

 

2,430

 

5,029

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit from income taxes

 

197

 

158

 

110

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

3,279

 

2,588

 

5,139

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividend and accretion of discount

 

395

 

365

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income available to common shareholders

 

$

2,884

 

$

2,223

 

$

5,139

 

 

107



Table of Contents

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

For the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

3,279

 

$

2,588

 

$

5,139

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Undistributed net income of subsidiary, net of distributions

 

(3,657

)

(2,871

)

692

 

Stock-based compensation

 

239

 

284

 

100

 

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

 

(28

)

(7

)

(57

)

Decrease in other assets

 

170

 

1,765

 

265

 

Net decrease (increase) in other liabilities

 

23

 

(140

)

116

 

(Benefit) provision for deferred income taxes

 

(43

)

68

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

(17

)

1,687

 

6,255

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows used in investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in subsidiary

 

 

(16,578

)

(6,233

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

 

6,441

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of Series A preferred stock and warrants

 

 

7,000

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of Series B preferred stock

 

 

1,317

 

 

Cash dividend payments on preferred stock

 

(349

)

(277

)

 

Cash dividend payments on common stock

 

 

 

(598

)

Share repurchase and retirement

 

 

 

(56

)

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

550

 

175

 

207

 

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

 

28

 

7

 

57

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

229

 

14,663

 

(390

)

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

212

 

(228

)

(368

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

859

 

1,087

 

1,455

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

1,071

 

$

859

 

$

1,087

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for interest

 

$

101

 

$

182

 

$

 

Non-Cash Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net pre-tax change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale investment securities

 

$

4,068

 

$

(2,738

)

$

79

 

Fair market value of common stock issued in acquisition of subsidiary

 

$

 

$

 

$

16,600

 

Non-Cash Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued Preferred Stock Dividend

 

$

45

 

$

44

 

$

 

 

108



Table of Contents

 

SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The following supplementary financial information is not a part of the Company’s financial statements.

 

Unaudited Quarterly Statement of Operations Data

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

Q4 2010

 

Q3 2010

 

Q2 2010

 

Q1 2010

 

Q4 2009

 

Q3 2009

 

Q2 2009

 

Q1 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

 

7,641

 

$

8,173

 

$

7,930

 

$

7,986

 

$

8,220

 

$

8,654

 

$

8,748

 

$

8,485

 

Provision for credit losses

 

900

 

1,300

 

1,000

 

600

 

2,864

 

3,233

 

2,500

 

1,917

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

 

6,741

 

6,873

 

6,930

 

7,386

 

5,356

 

5,421

 

6,248

 

6,568

 

Total non-interest income

 

347

 

1,293

 

747

 

1,334

 

1,103

 

1,608

 

1,401

 

1,738

 

Total non-interest expense

 

6,986

 

7,409

 

7,142

 

7,204

 

6,616

 

6,946

 

7,129

 

6,840

 

(Benefit from) Provision for income taxes

 

(517

)

(107

)

31

 

224

 

(643

)

(296

)

56

 

207

 

Net income

 

$

 

619

 

$

864

 

$

504

 

$

1,292

 

$

486

 

$

379

 

$

464

 

$

1,259

 

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

 

520

 

$

766

 

$

405

 

$

1,193

 

$

416

 

$

268

 

$

329

 

$

1,210

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

 

0.06

 

$

0.08

 

$

0.04

 

$

0.13

 

$

0.05

 

$

0.04

 

$

0.04

 

$

0.16

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

 

0.06

 

$

0.08

 

$

0.04

 

$

0.13

 

$

0.05

 

$

0.03

 

$

0.04

 

$

0.16

 

 

ITEM 9 - CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

 

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 9A - CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K (as required by paragraph (b) of Rule 13a-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act)), the Registrant’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act was recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms.

 

REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

Management of Central Valley Community Bancorp and its subsidiary (the Company) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  The Company’s management, including the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control - Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2010, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.

 

There have not been any changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2010, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in this annual report.

 

109



 

Table of Contents

 

ITEM 9B -  OTHER INFORMATION

 

Not Applicable.

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10 - DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS; COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(a) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT.

 

For information concerning directors and executive officers of the Company, see “ELECTION OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY” in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Company’s 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A (the Proxy Statement), which section of the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

 

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the Company’s officers and directors, and persons who own more than 10% of a registered class of the Company’s equity securities, to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the FDIC.  Officers, directors and greater than 10% shareholders are required by SEC regulations to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.  To the best knowledge of the Company there no ten-percent holders of the Company’s common stock.

 

Based solely on its review of the copies of such forms received by it, or written representations from certain reporting persons that no Forms 4 and 5 were required for those persons, the Company believes that for the 2010 fiscal year the officers and directors of the Company complied with all applicable filing requirements.

 

ITEM 11 -              EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

 

The information required by this Item can be found in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement under the captions “Executive Compensation” and is by this reference incorporated herein.

 

ITEM 12 -              SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

 

For information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management, see “PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS” and “ELECTION OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY” in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement, which sections of the Proxy Statement are incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 13 -              CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

 

For information concerning certain relationships and related transactions, see “CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS” and “INDEBTEDNESS OF MANAGEMENT” in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement, which sections of the Proxy Statement are incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 14 -              PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

 

For information concerning principal accounting fees and services, see “PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES” in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement, which sections of the Proxy Statement are incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 15 -              EXHIBITS

 

(a)  EXHIBITS

 

See Index to Exhibits of this Form 10-K.

 

110



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANCORP

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

March 17, 2011

 

By:

/s/ Daniel J. Doyle

 

 

Daniel J. Doyle

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

(principal executive officer)

 

 

 

Date:

March 17, 2011

 

By:

/s/ David A. Kinross

 

 

David A. Kinross

 

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

(principal accounting officer and principal financial officer)

 

111



Table of Contents

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

/s/ Daniel J. Doyle

 

Date: March 17, 2011

 

 

Daniel J. Doyle,

 

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David A. Kinross

 

Date: March 17, 2011

 

 

David A. Kinross,

 

 

 

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

(principal accounting officer and principal financial officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Daniel N. Cunningham *

 

Date: March 17, 2011

 

 

Daniel N. Cunningham,

 

 

 

 

Chairman of the Board and Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sidney B. Cox *

 

Date: March 17, 2011

 

 

Sidney B. Cox, Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Edwin S. Darden *

 

Date: March 17, 2011

 

 

Edwin S. Darden, Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Steven D. McDonald *

 

Date: March 17, 2011

 

 

Steven D. McDonald, Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Louis McMurray *

 

Date: March 17, 2011

 

 

Louis McMurray, Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William S. Smittcamp *

 

Date: March 17, 2011

 

 

William S. Smittcamp, Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joseph B. Weirick *

 

Date: March 17, 2011

 

 

Joseph B. Weirick, Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* By

/s/ Daniel J. Doyle

 

Date: March 17, 2011

 

 

Daniel J. Doyle, as Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

112



Table of Contents

 

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit

 

 

Number

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

2.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and between Central Valley Community Bancorp and Bank of Madera County dated as of July 19, 2004 as amended to reflect amendments at Section 2.5 dated September 29, 2004, incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the proxy statement-prospectus contained in the Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration Statement No. 333-118534, effective as of November 4, 2004.

 

 

 

2.2

 

Reorganization Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Central Valley Community Bancorp, Central Valley Community Bank, Service 1st Bancorp, and Service 1st Bank dated as of May 28, 2008 as amended as of August 21, 2008, incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the proxy statement-prospectus contained in the Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration Statement No. 333-152151, effective date September 9, 2008.

 

 

 

3.1.1

 

Articles of Incorporation of the Company. (1)

 

 

 

3.1.2

 

Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation, dated July 6, 2000. (2)

 

 

 

3.1.3

 

Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation, dated January 6, 2003 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1.3 to Registrant’s Annual report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 2003, filed March 26, 2004.

 

 

 

3.1.4

 

Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation, dated October 31, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.(I) to Registrant’s Quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005, filed November 14, 2005.

 

 

 

3.1.5

 

Certificate of Determination of Series A Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, dated January 16, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated January 30, 2009).

 

 

 

3.1.6

 

Certificate of Determination of Series B Adjustable Rate Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock dated December 22, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated December 22, 2009).

 

 

 

3.2

 

Bylaws of the Company as amended to date. (2)

 

 

 

4.1

 

Form of Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 22, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated December 22, 2009).

 

 

 

4.2

 

Form of Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 22, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated December 22, 2009).

 

 

 

9

 

N/A

 

 

 

10.1

 

Central Valley Community Bancorp 2000 Stock Option Plan. (3) *

 

 

 

10.2

 

Central Valley Community Bancorp Incentive Stock Option Agreement. (2) *

 

 

 

10.3

 

Central Valley Community Bancorp Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement. (2) *

 

 

 

10.4

 

Clovis Community Bank 1992 Stock Option Plan. (2) *

 

 

 

10.5

 

Clovis Community Bank Incentive Stock Option Agreement. (2) *

 

113



Table of Contents

 

10.6

 

Clovis Community Bank Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement. (2) *

 

 

 

10.7

 

Clovis Community Bank Amended and Restated Salary Deferral Plan, effective January 1, 1997. (2) *

 

 

 

10.8

 

Amendment Number One to the Clovis Community Bank Amended and Restated Salary Deferral Plan, effective January 1, 1997. (2) *

 

 

 

10.9

 

Amendment Number Two to the Clovis Community Bank Amended and Restated Salary Deferral Plan, effective January 1, 1997. (2) *

 

 

 

10.10

 

Deferred Fee Agreement by and between Clovest Corporation and Daniel N. Cunningham. (2) *

 

 

 

10.11

 

Deferred Fee Agreement by and between Clovest Corporation and Steven McDonald. (2) *

 

 

 

10.12

 

Deferred Fee Agreement by and between Clovest Corporation and Louis McMurray. (2) *

 

 

 

10.13

 

Deferred Fee Agreement by and between Clovest Corporation and Wanda Lee Rogers. (16) *

 

 

 

10.14

 

Deferred Fee Agreement by and between Clovest Corporation and William S. Smittcamp. (2) *

 

 

 

10.15

 

Clovis Community Bank 1999 Senior Management Incentive Plan. (2) *

 

 

 

10.16

 

Employment Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Daniel J. Doyle dated May 11, 1998. (2) *

 

 

 

10.17

 

[reserved]

 

 

 

10.18

 

[reserved]

 

 

 

10.19

 

Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Daniel J. Doyle, dated June 7, 2000. (2)*

 

 

 

10.20

 

Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Gayle Graham, dated June 7, 2000. (2) *

 

 

 

10.21

 

Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Gary Quisenberry, dated June 7, 2000. (2) *

 

 

 

10.22

 

Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Tom Sommer, dated June 7, 2000. (2) *

 

 

 

10.23

 

Clovis Community Bank Amended and Restated Deferred Fee Agreement for Daniel N. Cunningham. (2)*

 

 

 

10.24

 

Clovis Community Bank Amended and Restated Deferred Fee Agreement for Steven McDonald. (2) *

 

 

 

10.25

 

Clovis Community Bank Amended and Restated Deferred Fee Agreement for Louis McMurray. (2) *

 

 

 

10.26

 

Clovis Community Bank Amended and Restated Deferred Fee Agreement for Wanda Lee Rogers. (2) *

 

 

 

10.27

 

Clovis Community Bank Amended and Restated Deferred Fee Agreement for William S. Smittcamp. (2) *

 

 

 

10.28

 

Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Daniel J. Doyle, dated June 21, 2000. (2) *

 

114



Table of Contents

 

10.29

 

Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Dorothy Graham, dated June 21, 2000. (3) *

 

 

 

10.30

 

Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Gary Quisenberry, dated June 21, 2000. (3) *

 

 

 

10.31

 

Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Tom Sommer, dated June 21, 2000. (3) *

 

 

 

10.32

 

Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Shirley Wilburn, dated April 1, 2001. (5) *

 

 

 

10.33

 

Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Shirley Wilburn, dated April 1, 2001. (5) *

 

 

 

10.34

 

Director Deferred Fee Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Edwin S. Darden. Jr., effective August 1, 2001. (6) *

 

 

 

10.35

 

Addendum A, Clovis Community Bank Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Edwin S. Darden Jr., effective November 29, 2001. (6) *

 

 

 

10.36

 

Form of Second Amended and Restated Director Deferred Fee Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Daniel N. Cunningham, Steven McDonald, Louis McMurray, Wanda Lee Rogers and William S. Smittcamp, effective February 13, 2002. (7) *

 

 

 

10.37

 

Schedule A, Participants’ Normal Retirement Age and Form of Benefit Elected to Second Amended and Restated Director Deferred Fee Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Daniel N. Cunningham, Steven McDonald, Louis McMurray, Wanda Lee Rogers and William S. Smittcamp, effective February 13, 2002 . (7) *

 

 

 

10.38

 

Addendum A, Clovis Community Bank Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Daniel N. Cunningham, Steven McDonald, Louis McMurray, Wanda Lee Rogers and William S. Smittcamp, effective February 13, 2002. (7) *

 

 

 

10.39

 

Schedule B, Participants and Their Executive Interest in Clovis Community Bank Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, by and between Clovis Community Bank and Daniel N. Cunningham, Steven McDonald, Louis McMurray, Wanda Lee Rogers and William S. Smittcamp, effective February 13, 2002. (7) *

 

 

 

10.40

 

Central Valley Community Bank Employee and Director Preferred Interest Bonus Plan. (7) *

 

 

 

10.41

 

Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Daniel J. Doyle effective July 17, 2002. (8) *

 

 

 

10.42

 

Amendment No. 1 to Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Daniel J. Doyle effective October 16, 2002. (9)*

 

 

 

10.43

 

Form of Amendment to the Split Dollar Agreement and Policy Endorsement with Central Valley Community Bank by and between Central Valley Community Bank f/k/a Clovis Community Bank and Daniel N. Cunningham, Steven McDonald, Louis McMurray, Wanda Lee Rogers and William S. Smittcamp, effective January 1, 2003. (10)*

 

 

 

10.44

 

Schedule C, Participants and life insurance policies in Central Valley Community Bank Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Policy Endorsement by and between Central Valley Community Bank f/k/a Clovis Community Bank and Daniel N. Cunningham, Steven McDonald, Louis McMurray, Wanda Lee Rogers and William S. Smittcamp, effective January 1, 2003. (10)*

 

115



Table of Contents

 

10.45

 

Amendment No. 2 to Executive Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank, f/k/a Clovis Community Bank, and Daniel J. Doyle. (11)*

 

 

 

10.46

 

Amendment No. 1 to Endorsement Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank, f/k/a Clovis Community Bank, and Daniel J. Doyle. (11)*

 

 

 

10.47

 

Second Amendment to the Clovest Corporation Director Deferred Compensation Plan Agreement Dated November 14, 1996 by and between Clovest Corporation and Daniel N. Cunningham effective October 31, 2003. (12)*

 

 

 

10.48

 

Second Amendment to the Clovest Corporation Director Deferred Compensation Plan Agreement Dated November 14, 1996 by and between Clovest Corporation and William S. Smittcamp effective October 31, 2003. (12)*

 

 

 

10.49

 

Second Amendment to the Clovest Corporation Director Deferred Compensation Plan Agreement Dated November 14, 1996 by and between Clovest Corporation and Louis McMurray effective October 31, 2003. (12)*

 

 

 

10.50

 

Second Amendment to the Clovest Corporation Director Deferred Compensation Plan Agreement Dated November 14, 1996 by and between Clovest Corporation and Wanda Lee Rogers effective October 31, 2003. (12)*

 

 

 

10.51

 

Business Loan Agreement and Pledge Agreement dated as of December 17, 2004, between Central Valley Community Bancorp and Bank of the West. (13)

 

 

 

10.52

 

Form of Amendment No. 1 To Salary Continuation Agreement dated June 7, 2000 by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Gayle Graham, Gary Quisenberry, Tom Sommer and Shirley Wilburn effective February 1, 2005. (14)*

 

 

 

10.53

 

Exhibit 1 to Amendment No. 1 to Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Gayle Graham effective February 1, 2005. (14)*

 

 

 

10.54

 

Exhibit 1 to Amendment No. 1 to Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Gary Quisenberry effective February 1, 2005. (14)*

 

 

 

10.56

 

Exhibit 1 to Amendment No. 1 to Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Tom Sommer effective February 1, 2005. (14)*

 

 

 

10.57

 

Exhibit 1 to Amendment No. 1 to Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Shirley Wilburn effective February 1, 2005. (14)*

 

 

 

10.58

 

Form of Amendment No. 1 To Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Gayle Graham, Gary Quisenberry and Tom Sommer effective February 1, 2005. (14)*

 

 

 

10.59

 

Exhibit B to Amendment No. 1 To Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Gayle Graham effective February 1, 2005. (14)*

 

 

 

10.60

 

Exhibit B to Amendment No. 1 To Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Gary Quisenberry effective February 1, 2005. (14)*

 

 

 

10.61

 

Exhibit B to Amendment No. 1 To Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Tom Sommer effective February 1, 2005. (14)*

 

116



Table of Contents

 

10.62

 

Amendment No. 1 To Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Shirley Wilburn effective February 1, 2005. (14)*

 

 

 

10.63

 

Amendment No. 3 To Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Daniel Doyle effective February 1, 2005. (14)*

 

 

 

10.64

 

Central Valley Community Bancorp 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Appendix A to the registrant’s proxy statement filed April 5, 2005. (14)*

 

 

 

10.65

 

Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and David Kinross, dated July 1, 2006.(15)*

 

 

 

10.66

 

Executive Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and David Kinross, dated July 1, 2006. (15)*

 

 

 

10.67

 

Amended and Restated Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Daniel J. Doyle, dated December 31, 2006. (16)*

 

 

 

10.68

 

Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Daniel J. Doyle, dated December 31, 2006. (16)*

 

 

 

10.69

 

Amended Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Shirley Wilburn, dated December 31, 2006. (16)*

 

 

 

10.70

 

Amended Executive Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Shirley Wilburn, dated December 31, 2006. (16)*

 

 

 

10.71

 

Amendment No. 2 To Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Gayle Graham, dated December 20, 2006. (16)*

 

 

 

10.72

 

Amendment No. 2 To Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Gayle Graham, dated December 20, 2006. (16)*

 

 

 

10.73

 

Amended Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and David Kinross, dated March 1, 2007. (16)*

 

 

 

10.74

 

Amended Executive Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and David Kinross, dated March 1, 2007. (16)*

 

 

 

10.75

 

Amended Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Tom Sommer, dated March 1, 2007. (16)*

 

 

 

10.76

 

Amended Executive Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Tom Sommer, dated March 1, 2007. (16)*

 

 

 

10.77

 

Amended Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Gary Quisenberry, dated March 1, 2007. (16)*

 

 

 

10.78

 

Amended Executive Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Gary Quisenberry, dated March 1, 2007. (16)*

 

 

 

10.79

 

Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Lydia E. Shaw, dated January 2, 2008.(17)*

 

 

 

10.80

 

Executive Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Lydia E. Shaw, dated January 2, 2008. (17)*

 

117



Table of Contents

 

10.81

 

Form of Salary Continuation Agreement Amendment dated March 1, 2008 by and between Central Valley Community Bank and David Kinross, Tom Sommer, Lydia Shaw and Gary Quisenberry. (17)*

 

 

 

10.82

 

Salary Continuation Agreement Amendment dated March 1, 2008 by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Daniel J. Doyle. (17)*

 

 

 

10.83

 

Form of Second Amendment to the Director Deferred Compensation Agreement effective January 1, 2009 by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Daniel N. Cunningham, Edwin S. Darden, Jr., Steven D. McDonald, Louis C. McMurray, William S. Smittcamp and Wanda L. Rogers. (Filed as Exhibits to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

10.84

 

Second Executive Salary Continuation Agreement effective April1, 2010 by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Thomas Sommer.(19)

 

 

 

10.85

 

Second Executive Salary Continuation Agreement effective April1, 2010 by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Gary Quisenberry. (19)

 

 

 

11.

 

N/A

 

 

 

12.

 

N/A

 

 

 

13.

 

N/A

 

 

 

16

 

N/A

 

 

 

18

 

N/A

 

 

 

21

 

Subsidiaries.

 

 

 

22

 

N/A

 

 

 

23

 

Consent of Perry-Smith LLP.

 

 

 

24

 

Power of Attorney

 

 

 

31.1

 

Rule 13a-14(a) [Section 302] Certification Of Principal Executive Officer.

 

 

 

31.2

 

Rule 13a-14(a) [Section 302] Certification Of Principal Financial Officer.

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

32.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

99.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (EESA).

 

 

 

99.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (EESA).

 


*              Management contract and compensatory plans

 

118



Table of Contents

 

(1)

 

Filed as Exhibit 3.1.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 2000 (the 2000 Form 10-KSB) and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

(2)

 

Filed as Exhibits to the 2000 Form 10-KSB and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

(3)

 

Attached as Exhibit 99.1 to Registration Statement No. 333-52384 on Form S-8 filed by the Registrant (the 2000 Plan S-8 Registration Statement) and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

(4)

 

Attached as Exhibit 99.1 to Registration Statement No. 333-50276 on Form S-8 filed by the Registrant (the 1992 Plan S-8 Registration Statement) and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

(5)

 

Filed as Exhibits to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended June 30, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

(6)

 

Filed as Exhibits to the Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

(7)

 

Filed as Exhibits to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended June 30, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

(8)

 

Filed as Exhibit 10.41 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended September 30, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

(9)

 

Filed as Exhibit 10.42 to the Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

(10)

 

Filed as Exhibits to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended March 31, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

(11)

 

Filed as Exhibits to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended September, 30 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

(12)

 

Filed as Exhibits to the Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 2003, filed March 26, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

(13)

 

Filed as Exhibits to the Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 2004, filed March 24, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

(14)

 

Filed as Exhibits to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June, 30 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

(15)

 

Filed as Exhibits to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June, 30 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

(16)

 

Filed as Exhibits to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed March 28, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference

 

 

 

(17)

 

Filed as Exhibits to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, filed March 5, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference

 

 

 

(18)

 

Filed as Exhibits to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, filed March 19, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference

 

 

 

(19)

 

Filed as Exhibits to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and incorporate herein by reference.

 

119